Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 525

GENEX Probe

V200R003

User Guide

Issue 04
Date 2011-02-15

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide About This Document

About This Document

Overview
The document provides the guidelines for installing and using the GENEX Probe (hereinafter
referred to as Probe) and methods for collecting the test data, analyzing the test data in real time,
and replaying the test data.

Product Version
The following table lists the product and version related to this guide.

Product Name Product Version

GENEX Probe V200R003

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:

l Network design engineers


l Network monitoring engineers
l System maintenance engineers

Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.

04 (2011-02-15)
This is the third commercial release.

Compared with 03 (2010-08-10), this version has the following modifications:

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
About This Document User Guide

Content Description

2.5 Recommended Device List New

7.1 Connectable External Devices Added terminals.

7.3.1 Configuring External Devices New


Automatically

11.2.6 Conducting the LTE Forcing New


Function Test

13.3.4 What Should I Do If No Data Is New


Displayed in the WCDMA View
Windows?

13.4.4 How to Convert Frequencies into New


UARFCNs (WCDMA)?

13.4.5 What Should I Do When the New


Automatic Answer Setting of Huawei
U1251 Is Invalid?

14.5 PSTN SQE Server New

03 (2010-08-10)
This is the second commercial release.

Compared with 02 (2010-06-25), this version has the following modifications:

Content Description

2.2 Basic Concepts of the Probe The content descriptions are changed.

2.3 Main Interface of the Probe The content descriptions are changed.

8.5.3 Performing an Outdoor Test The content descriptions are changed.

13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE UE? New

Serving/Active Set and Neighboring Cells The content descriptions are changed.

02 (2010-06-25)
This is the first commercial release.

Compared with 01 (2010-04-14), this version has the following modifications:

Content Description

1 New Features of the Probe V200R003 The content descriptions are changed.

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide About This Document

Content Description

7.2 Plugging in External Devices The content descriptions are changed.

8.4 Designing Test Plans The content descriptions are changed.

11.1 Speech Quality Evaluation Tests The content descriptions are changed.
(GSM/WCDMA)

11.3 IP Analysis New

13.4.3 What Should I Do When UE Fails to New


Access the Network During the LTE
Forcing Feature Test?

14.3.5 LTE Information Elements of UEs The content descriptions are changed.

01 (2010-04-14)
This is the first release. It is prepared for the Beta test version of V200R003.

Organization
1 New Features of the Probe V200R003
This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003.
2 Overview of the Probe
The Probe is an air interface test software, which is used to collect the test data of the air interface
of the GSM/GPRS/EDGE, WCDMA/HSPA/HSPA+, CDMA2000 1x/EV-DO, WiMAX, and
LTE network. Through the Probe, the network performance can be evaluated, the network
optimization can be guided, and the fault can be rectified. The collected test data of the air
interface on the radio network can be saved as the test logfile. This facilitates the data analysis
after the logfile is imported to other post-processing software (such as GENEX Assistant) or the
later data replaying.
3 Installing the Probe
This section describes how to install the Probe and other assistants. To complete the installation
of the Probe, you only need to run the installation program and then perform operations as
prompted by the installation wizard.
4 Starting the Probe
Once installed, the Probe application can be launched from the Start menu or the shortcut icon.
5 Managing the Map Window
The map window displays map-related information in a test area and counter information such
as cell information, event information, and IE information on the drive test route. You can add
a layer, configure layer properties, and configure the legend properties of the IE layer in the map
window.
6 Managing Engineering Parameters

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
About This Document User Guide

This chapter describes engineering parameters of different network systems supported by the
Probe and the method for importing engineering parameters. You can learn about the details of
base station parameters, antenna parameters, neighboring cell parameters, and various
technology parameters of the current test area through the engineering parameters.

7 Connecting External Devices

Connecting external devices involves connecting external devices to the PC and in the Probe,
so that the external devices can work with the Probe to perform tests. When you use the Probe
to replay data, you need not connect external devices.

8 Collecting Data

The Probe collects the air interface test data through the test terminal and other external devices
and records test data in logfiles. Before collecting the data, make sure that a computer installed
with the Probe, the test terminal, the scanner, and the GPS are available and the dongle must be
plugged in. You can also import engineering parameters for different network systems and map
files, which helps to provide a vivid view of test data.

9 Managing Logfiles

During tests, test data is saved in .gen files that are called logfiles. This chapter describes how
to record, replay, segment, and export logfiles.

10 Managing View Windows

This section describes how to view data in view windows and how to configure properties of
view windows. View windows are key windows of the Probe. You can view IEs, events, Layer
2 or Layer 3 messages, and statistical values of indicators in view windows.

11 Typical Application

This section describes typical test methods supported by the Probe.

12 Interface Reference of the Probe

This describes the interface and parameters of the Probe. You can refer to these parameters when
you collect, view, and replay the data through the Probe.

13 FAQs

This describes the problems that may occur during the use of the software and the corresponding
causes. This also describes how to solve these problems. This also describes the using skills.

14 Appendix

This describes the test items, information elements (IEs), predefined events, and keyboard
shortcuts supported by the Probe. You can refer to these parameters when you collect or view
data through the Probe.

15 Technical Support

Conventions
Symbol Conventions

The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not


avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which


if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not


avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save


time.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement


important points of the main text.

General Conventions

The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in


boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.


Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.

Command Conventions

The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
About This Document User Guide

Convention Description

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions

The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles


are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"


signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations

The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations

The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and


quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide Contents

Contents

About This Document...................................................................................................................iii


1 New Features of the Probe V200R003.....................................................................................1-1
1.1 New Features of the Probe V200R003C01.....................................................................................................1-2
1.2 New Features of the Probe V200R003C00.....................................................................................................1-2

2 Overview of the Probe...............................................................................................................2-1


2.1 Introduction to the Probe.................................................................................................................................2-2
2.2 Basic Concepts of the Probe............................................................................................................................2-4
2.3 Main Interface of the Probe.............................................................................................................................2-7
2.4 Working Mode of the Probe..........................................................................................................................2-18
2.5 Recommended Device List...........................................................................................................................2-19
2.5.1 Recommended Terminal List (GSM/WCDMA)..................................................................................2-19
2.5.2 Recommended Terminal List (LTE)....................................................................................................2-21
2.5.3 Recommended Terminal List (WiMAX).............................................................................................2-21
2.5.4 Recommended Scanner List.................................................................................................................2-22

3 Installing the Probe....................................................................................................................3-1


3.1 Preparations Before Installing the Probe.........................................................................................................3-2
3.2 Installing Shared Components........................................................................................................................ 3-3
3.3 Installing the Probe Main Program................................................................................................................. 3-4
3.4 Plugging in a Dongle.......................................................................................................................................3-8

4 Starting the Probe.......................................................................................................................4-1


5 Managing the Map Window....................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Basic Concepts About Maps...........................................................................................................................5-2
5.2 Importing Maps...............................................................................................................................................5-3
5.2.1 Importing Outdoor Test Maps................................................................................................................5-3
5.2.2 Importing Indoor Test Maps.................................................................................................................. 5-4
5.3 Adding Layers.................................................................................................................................................5-5
5.4 Configuring Layer Properties..........................................................................................................................5-6
5.5 Configuring Legend Properties.......................................................................................................................5-8

6 Managing Engineering Parameters........................................................................................6-1


6.1 Engineering Parameters Supported in Different Network Systems................................................................6-2
6.2 Importing Engineering Parameters..................................................................................................................6-9

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
Contents User Guide

7 Connecting External Devices...................................................................................................7-1


7.1 Connectable External Devices.........................................................................................................................7-2
7.2 Plugging in External Devices........................................................................................................................7-11
7.3 Configuring External Devices.......................................................................................................................7-12
7.3.1 Configuring External Devices Automatically......................................................................................7-12
7.3.2 Configuring External Devices Manually..............................................................................................7-13
7.4 Enabling External Devices............................................................................................................................7-16
7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected................................................................................................................7-17
7.6 Configuring Device Alarms..........................................................................................................................7-18

8 Collecting Data...........................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Data Collection Process..................................................................................................................................8-3
8.2 Preparations Before Data Collection...............................................................................................................8-3
8.3 Creating a Project............................................................................................................................................8-4
8.4 Designing Test Plans.......................................................................................................................................8-5
8.5 Performing a Test Plan....................................................................................................................................8-7
8.5.1 Setting the APN (GSM/WCDMA)........................................................................................................8-8
8.5.2 Performing an Indoor Test.....................................................................................................................8-9
8.5.3 Performing an Outdoor Test.................................................................................................................8-10
8.5.4 Monitoring the Test..............................................................................................................................8-11
8.5.5 Stopping Test Plans..............................................................................................................................8-11

9 Managing Logfiles.....................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 Recording Logfiles..........................................................................................................................................9-2
9.2 Segmenting Logfiles.......................................................................................................................................9-3
9.3 Replaying Logfiles..........................................................................................................................................9-3
9.4 Exporting Logfiles...........................................................................................................................................9-5

10 Managing View Windows....................................................................................................10-1


10.1 Presentation of IEs and Events....................................................................................................................10-2
10.2 Browsing Data.............................................................................................................................................10-2
10.3 Configuring the View Window...................................................................................................................10-3
10.3.1 Configuring the Line Chart View.......................................................................................................10-3
10.3.2 Configuring the List View..................................................................................................................10-4
10.3.3 Configuring the Chart View...............................................................................................................10-5
10.3.4 Configuring the Plain Text View.......................................................................................................10-5

11 Typical Application...............................................................................................................11-1
11.1 Speech Quality Evaluation Tests (GSM/WCDMA)...................................................................................11-2
11.1.1 Synchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test...................................................................................11-2
11.1.2 Asynchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test.................................................................................11-3
11.1.3 Speech Quality Evaluation Test Between PHU Terminal and PSTN SQE Server............................11-4
11.2 Forcing Function Tests................................................................................................................................11-6
11.2.1 Setting the GSM Nonvolatile Parameters..........................................................................................11-6
11.2.2 Conducting GSM C/A Measurements................................................................................................11-7

x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide Contents

11.2.3 Conducting GSM Frequency Scanning..............................................................................................11-8


11.2.4 Conducting the GSM Forcing Function Test.....................................................................................11-9
11.2.5 Conducting the WCDMA Forcing Function Test............................................................................11-11
11.2.6 Conducting the LTE Forcing Function Test....................................................................................11-13
11.3 IP Analysis................................................................................................................................................11-14

12 Interface Reference of the Probe.........................................................................................12-1


12.1 Interface Description: Test Plan Control Window....................................................................................12-4
12.2 Interface Description: Engineering Parameter management Window...................................................12-6
12.3 Interface Description: OutdoorMap Window...........................................................................................12-8
12.4 Interface Description: IndoorMap Window............................................................................................12-13
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View......................................................................................................12-17
12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View....................................................................................................12-18
12.7 Parameters for Configuring External Devices...........................................................................................12-19
12.8 Parameters for Filtering the Original Data................................................................................................12-25
12.9 Parameters for Configuring the Test Items...............................................................................................12-26
12.10 Parameters for Monitoring the Test........................................................................................................12-26
12.11 Parameters for Importing the Engineering Parameters...........................................................................12-27
12.12 Parameters for Importing the Outdoor Raster Map.................................................................................12-29
12.13 Parameters for Configuring the Legend Properties.................................................................................12-30
12.14 Parameters for Configuring the Layer Control Properties......................................................................12-32
12.15 Parameters for Setting the Predefined Event...........................................................................................12-34
12.16 Parameters for Configuring the Device Alarm........................................................................................12-35
12.17 Parameters for Setting IE Audio Indications...........................................................................................12-36
12.18 Parameter for Other System Settings......................................................................................................12-36
12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the List Views.................................................................12-38
12.20 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the Line Chart View........................................................12-40
12.21 Parameters for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM........................................................................12-41
12.22 Parameters for WCDMA Forcing Feature Test......................................................................................12-42
12.23 Parameter Description: LTE Forcing Feature Test.................................................................................12-43
12.24 Parameters for Performing the C/A Measurement of the GSM..............................................................12-44
12.25 Parameters for Exporting the Data..........................................................................................................12-45
12.26 Parameters for Configuring the Data Export Format of the Scanner......................................................12-51

13 FAQs.........................................................................................................................................13-1
13.1 Problems Related to Software Start............................................................................................................13-2
13.1.1 What Should I Do When the Verification of the Dongle Fails?........................................................13-2
13.1.2 What Should I Do When the License Check Fails?...........................................................................13-3
13.1.3 How to Install the East Asian Language Package?............................................................................13-3
13.1.4 How to Uninstall the Main Program..................................................................................................13-3
13.1.5 How to Uninstall the GENEX Shared Components...........................................................................13-4
13.2 Problems Related to Device Connections...................................................................................................13-4
13.2.1 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the MS Fails?......................................................13-5
13.2.2 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the Scanner Fails?...............................................13-5

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
Contents User Guide

13.2.3 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the GPS Fails?....................................................13-6
13.2.4 What Should I Do When the Mouse Becomes Invalid After the GPS Is Connected to the PC?.......13-6
13.2.5 What Should I Do When the PCTel DTI Scanner Fails to Receive the GPS Signals?......................13-7
13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE UE?..........................................................................................................13-7
13.3 Problems Related to Views.......................................................................................................................13-10
13.3.1 What Should I Do When Opening the Map View Fails?.................................................................13-11
13.3.2 What Should I Do When Opening the Chart View Fails?...............................................................13-11
13.3.3 What Should I Do When Importing Engineering Parameters Fails?...............................................13-11
13.3.4 What Should I Do If No Data Is Displayed in the WCDMA View Windows?...............................13-12
13.4 Problems Related to Tests.........................................................................................................................13-13
13.4.1 What Should I Do When FTP Service Tests Fail?...........................................................................13-13
13.4.2 What Should I Do When Invalid MOS Values Are Generated?......................................................13-15
13.4.3 What Should I Do When UE Fails to Access the Network During the LTE Forcing Feature Test?
.....................................................................................................................................................................13-16
13.4.4 How to Convert Frequencies into UARFCNs (WCDMA)?.............................................................13-16
13.4.5 What Should I Do When the Automatic Answer Setting of Huawei U1251 Is Invalid?.................13-17

14 Appendix..................................................................................................................................14-1
14.1 Description of Test Items............................................................................................................................14-2
14.1.1 Test Items Supported in Different Networks.....................................................................................14-2
14.1.2 Test Items of MSs..............................................................................................................................14-6
14.1.3 Test Items of PCTel Scanners..........................................................................................................14-60
14.1.4 Test Items of Anritsu Scanners........................................................................................................14-65
14.1.5 Test Items of Rohde & Schwarz Scanners.......................................................................................14-91
14.2 Description of Predefined Events..............................................................................................................14-92
14.2.1 General Events.................................................................................................................................14-93
14.2.2 GSM Predefined Events...................................................................................................................14-94
14.2.3 WCDMA Predefined Events............................................................................................................14-98
14.2.4 CDMA Predefined Events..............................................................................................................14-121
14.2.5 WiMAX Predefined Events...........................................................................................................14-126
14.2.6 LTE Predefined Events..................................................................................................................14-130
14.3 Description of Information Elements......................................................................................................14-131
14.3.1 GSM Information Elements of MSs...............................................................................................14-132
14.3.2 WCDMA Information Elements of UEs........................................................................................14-148
14.3.3 CDMA Information Elements of MSs...........................................................................................14-167
14.3.4 WiMAX Information Elements of UEs.........................................................................................14-191
14.3.5 LTE Information Elements of UEs................................................................................................14-228
14.3.6 Information Elements of Scanners.................................................................................................14-273
14.3.7 Packet Service Testing Information Elements...............................................................................14-276
14.3.8 Speech Quality Evaluation Information Elements.........................................................................14-282
14.3.9 Noise Test Information Elements...................................................................................................14-282
14.4 Keyboard Shortcuts.................................................................................................................................14-283
14.5 PSTN SQE Server...................................................................................................................................14-284

xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide Contents

14.5.1 Overview of the PSTN SQE Server...............................................................................................14-285


14.5.2 Installing the PSTN SQE Server....................................................................................................14-295
14.5.3 Using PSTN SQE Server................................................................................................................14-301
14.5.4 Interface Reference of the PSTN SQE Server................................................................................14-306
14.5.5 FAQs..............................................................................................................................................14-309
14.5.6 Test Items of the PSTN SQE Server..............................................................................................14-311
14.5.7 Predefined Events of the PSTN SQE Server..................................................................................14-313

15 Technical Support..................................................................................................................15-1

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide Figures

Figures

Figure 1-1 Synchronous speech quality evaluation test.......................................................................................1-3


Figure 1-2 Asynchronous speech quality evaluation test.....................................................................................1-4
Figure 1-3 Speech quality evaluation test between the MS and the PSTN SQE Server......................................1-4
Figure 2-1 System structure of the Probe.............................................................................................................2-3
Figure 2-2 Main interface of the Probe................................................................................................................2-7
Figure 2-3 Standard toolbar................................................................................................................................2-12
Figure 2-4 Replay toolbar...................................................................................................................................2-14
Figure 2-5 Navigation pane................................................................................................................................2-15
Figure 2-6 Shortcut menu of the status bar of the operation interface...............................................................2-17
Figure 2-7 System status bar..............................................................................................................................2-17
Figure 3-1 Customer Information.........................................................................................................................3-6
Figure 5-1 Cell layer.............................................................................................................................................5-2
Figure 7-1 Device Configure dialog box...........................................................................................................7-13
Figure 7-2 The example of COM port..............................................................................................................7-15
Figure 7-3 The example of Modem port...........................................................................................................7-15
Figure 12-1 Test Plan Control window............................................................................................................12-4
Figure 12-2 Engineering Parameter management window...........................................................................12-6
Figure 12-3 OutdoorMap window....................................................................................................................12-8
Figure 12-4 Map Layers window....................................................................................................................12-12
Figure 12-5 IndoorMap window.....................................................................................................................12-13
Figure 12-6 Map Layers window....................................................................................................................12-16
Figure 12-7 Interface of the test data view.......................................................................................................12-17
Figure 12-8 Line Chart window.....................................................................................................................12-18
Figure 13-1 Y-shaped cable...............................................................................................................................13-8
Figure 13-2 Querying the IP address of the host................................................................................................13-9
Figure 13-3 UARFCN definition (general)......................................................................................................13-17
Figure 13-4 UARFCN definition (additional channels)...................................................................................13-17
Figure 14-1 System structure of the PSTN SQE Server................................................................................14-287
Figure 14-2 Speech evaluation on the uplink.................................................................................................14-287
Figure 14-3 Speech evaluation on the downlink............................................................................................14-288
Figure 14-4 Main interface of the PSTN SQE Server....................................................................................14-290
Figure 14-5 Customer Information.................................................................................................................14-297
Figure 14-6 Test Plan Editor interface.........................................................................................................14-306

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide Tables

Tables

Table 2-1 Description of the system structure of the Probe.................................................................................2-3


Table 2-2 Basic concepts of the Probe.................................................................................................................2-4
Table 2-3 Description of the main interface of the Probe....................................................................................2-8
Table 2-4 Description of the menu bar of the Probe............................................................................................2-8
Table 2-5 Description of the Project menu..........................................................................................................2-9
Table 2-6 Description of the Logfile menu..........................................................................................................2-9
Table 2-7 Description of the Configuration menu............................................................................................2-10
Table 2-8 Description of the View menu...........................................................................................................2-10
Table 2-9 Description of the Test menu.............................................................................................................2-11
Table 2-10 Description of the Window menu....................................................................................................2-11
Table 2-11 Description of the Help menu..........................................................................................................2-12
Table 2-12 Description of the standard toolbar..................................................................................................2-13
Table 2-13 Description of the replay toolbar......................................................................................................2-14
Table 2-14 Description of the icons under the Project tab................................................................................2-15
Table 2-15 Description of the icons under the Configuration tab....................................................................2-16
Table 2-16 Description of the system status bar.................................................................................................2-17
Table 2-17 Device status description..................................................................................................................2-18
Table 3-1 Hardware requirements of the Probe....................................................................................................3-2
Table 3-2 Software requirements of the Probe.....................................................................................................3-2
Table 3-3 Structure of the Probe installation folder.............................................................................................3-7
Table 7-1 Specifications of GSM/WCDMA test terminals..................................................................................7-2
Table 7-2 Specifications of CDMA test terminals...............................................................................................7-7
Table 7-3 Specifications of WiMAX test terminals.............................................................................................7-8
Table 7-4 Specifications of LTE test terminals....................................................................................................7-9
Table 8-1 Data collection procedure.....................................................................................................................8-3
Table 8-2 Requirements for the external devices.................................................................................................8-4
Table 12-1 Description of the Test Plan Control window................................................................................12-4
Table 12-2 Description of the Test Plan Control window toolbar...................................................................12-5
Table 12-3 Description of the Engineering Parameter management window...............................................12-6
Table 12-4 Toolbar description of the Engineering Parameter management window..................................12-7
Table 12-5 Description of the OutdoorMap window.......................................................................................12-9
Table 12-6 Description of the OutdoorMap window toolbar...........................................................................12-9
Table 12-7 Description of the Map Layers window.......................................................................................12-12

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
Tables User Guide

Table 12-8 Description of the IndoorMap window........................................................................................12-14


Table 12-9 Description of the IndoorMap window toolbar............................................................................12-14
Table 12-10 Description of the Map Layers window.....................................................................................12-16
Table 12-11 Description of the test data view..................................................................................................12-17
Table 12-12 Description of the Line Chart window.......................................................................................12-19
Table 13-1 Data packets need to be selected....................................................................................................13-13
Table 13-2 Fault cause......................................................................................................................................13-14
Table 13-3 Fault cause......................................................................................................................................13-15
Table 14-1 Properties of the MMS test item....................................................................................................14-30
Table 14-2 Auxiliary parameters......................................................................................................................14-30
Table 14-3 Description of system structure of the PSTN SQE Server...........................................................14-287
Table 14-4 Speech evaluation on the uplink..................................................................................................14-288
Table 14-5 Speech evaluation on the downlink..............................................................................................14-288
Table 14-6 Basic concepts of the PSTN SQE Server.....................................................................................14-289
Table 14-7 Description of the main interface.................................................................................................14-290
Table 14-8 Description of the menu bar.........................................................................................................14-291
Table 14-9 Description of the File menu........................................................................................................14-291
Table 14-10 Description of the Configuration menu....................................................................................14-291
Table 14-11 Description of the View menu...................................................................................................14-292
Table 14-12 Description of the Test menu.....................................................................................................14-292
Table 14-13 Description of the Help menu....................................................................................................14-292
Table 14-14 Description of the toolbar...........................................................................................................14-292
Table 14-15 Description of the navigation pane of the operation interface...................................................14-293
Table 14-16 Operation procedures.................................................................................................................14-294
Table 14-17 Hardware requirements of the PSTN SQE Server.....................................................................14-295
Table 14-18 Software requirements of the PSTN SQE Server......................................................................14-296
Table 14-19 Description of the Test Plan Editor interface...........................................................................14-306
Table 14-20 Description of the Test Plan Editor Toolbar............................................................................14-307
Table 14-21 Fault cause..................................................................................................................................14-310

xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 1 New Features of the Probe V200R003

1 New Features of the Probe V200R003

About This Chapter

This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003.

1.1 New Features of the Probe V200R003C01


This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003C01.
1.2 New Features of the Probe V200R003C00
This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003C00.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
1 New Features of the Probe V200R003 User Guide

1.1 New Features of the Probe V200R003C01


This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003C01.

Configuring External Devices Automatically


For details, see 7.3.1 Configuring External Devices Automatically.

New Test Terminals


The new test terminals of Probe V200R003C01 are as follows:

l GSM/WCDMA
– Huawei U1280-5
– Huawei U8220
– Huawei U8226
– Huawei U7519
– Huawei U7517
– Huawei U3220
– Huawei E1823 Card
– Huawei E372u-8 Card
l LTE
– Huawei UE 2.2
– Huawei B390
– Huawei E398 Card

For details, see Test Terminal.

New Scanners
The new scanners of Probe V200R003C01 are as follows:

l PCTel PCT-505 (WCDMA)


l PCTel PCT-520 (GSM/WCDMA)

1.2 New Features of the Probe V200R003C00


This section describes the new features of Probe V200R003C00.

Compared with Probe V200R002, the new features of Probe V200R003C00 are as follows:

l Supporting the WiMAX Beceem test and LTE TDD/FDD test.


l Supporting the enhanced speech quality evaluation test. For details, see Speech Quality
Evaluation Test.
l Supporting more test items. For details, see New Test Items.
l Supporting more forcing function tests. For details, see New Forcing Functions.

1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 1 New Features of the Probe V200R003

l Supporting the settings of the size of the TCP window. For details, see Setting the Size of
the TCP Window.
l Supporting more models of test terminals. For details, see New Test Terminals.

Speech Quality Evaluation Test


Based on Probe V200R002, Probe V200R003 enhances the speech quality evaluation tests. The
speech quality evaluation tests are categorized into the following types:

l Synchronous speech quality evaluation test


One Probe is configured with the two PHU terminals. The Probe performs the synchronous
speech quality evaluation test by enabling a PHU terminal to call the other PHU terminal.
During the test, the calling PHU terminal plays speech samples and the called PHU terminal
records result files so that the uplink and downlink MOSs are obtained. For details, see
Figure 1-1. In this case, only the test plan for the calling PHU terminal needs to be
configured.
l Asynchronous speech quality evaluation test
The Probe is installed on two PCs. Each Probe is configured with a PHU terminal. The
Probes perform the asynchronous speech quality evaluation test by enabling the two PHU
terminals to call each other. During the test, the calling and called PHU terminals record
and play speech files alternatively so that each Probe records the MOS. For details, see
Figure 1-2. In this case, the test plans for the calling and called PHU terminals need to be
configured separately.
l Speech quality evaluation test between the MS and the PSTN SQE Server
For two PCs, one is configured with the Probe that is configured with a PHU terminal, and
the other is configured with the PSTN SQE Server. The Probe performs the speech quality
evaluation test between an MS and the PSTN SQE Server by enabling the PHU terminal
to call the PSTN SQE Server or the PSTN SQE Server to call the PHU terminal. During
the test, the calling party plays voices and the called party records voices so that the MOS
is obtained. For details, see Figure 1-3. In this case, the test plans for the calling and called
parties need to be configured separately.

Figure 1-1 Synchronous speech quality evaluation test

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
1 New Features of the Probe V200R003 User Guide

Figure 1-2 Asynchronous speech quality evaluation test

Figure 1-3 Speech quality evaluation test between the MS and the PSTN SQE Server

New Test Items


The new test items of Probe V200R003 are as follows:

l GSM/WCDMA
– Email, which indicates the email sending test.
– Multi-FTP, which indicates that a test terminal performs the FTP download and upload
tests at the same time.
– Async SQE(MS-MS), which indicates the asynchronous speech quality evaluation test.
– AMR E2E Delay (MS-MS), which indicates the AMR end-to-end delay test.
l WiMAX
NetSearch, which indicates the WiMAX Beceem frequency scan test.
l LTE
– Frequency Scan, which indicates the LTE RRC spectrum scan test.
– Cell Scan, which indicates the LTE RRC cell scan test.
– Iperf, which indicates the LTE TCP or UDP network performance test.

1-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 1 New Features of the Probe V200R003

New Forcing Functions


l GSM nonvolatile parameter setting
l GSM frequency scan test
l WCDMA UARFCN locking and scrambling code locking tests
l LTE EARFCN locking and scrambling code locking tests

Setting the Size of the TCP Window


You can change the size of the TCP window to decrease the delay in the data transmission.
The size of the TCP window can be set in System Configure.

New Test Terminals


The new test terminals of Probe V200R003 are as follows:
l GSM/WCDMA
– Huawei U6100 PHU
– Huawei U1251 PHU
– Huawei E270+ Card
l WiMAX
– Huawei Beceem BM328
– Huawei Beceem BM338
– Huawei Sequans BM358
l LTE
– Huawei UE 1.0
– Huawei UE 1.1
– Huawei UE 2.0
For details, see Test Terminal.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

2 Overview of the Probe

About This Chapter

The Probe is an air interface test software, which is used to collect the test data of the air interface
of the GSM/GPRS/EDGE, WCDMA/HSPA/HSPA+, CDMA2000 1x/EV-DO, WiMAX, and
LTE network. Through the Probe, the network performance can be evaluated, the network
optimization can be guided, and the fault can be rectified. The collected test data of the air
interface on the radio network can be saved as the test logfile. This facilitates the data analysis
after the logfile is imported to other post-processing software (such as GENEX Assistant) or the
later data replaying.

2.1 Introduction to the Probe


The Probe supports multiple network systems, device types, features powerful service test
function, and data management function. In addition, the Probe is easy to operate.
2.2 Basic Concepts of the Probe
This describes certain central concepts of the Probe, such as external device, logfile, test plan,
signaling, and air interface parameters. These concepts help you better use the Probe to collect,
view, and analyze the test data of the air interface.
2.3 Main Interface of the Probe
This section describes the main interface of the Probe, including the menu bar, toolbar,
navigation pane, operation interface, status bar, and entries to perform related operations by
using the Probe.
2.4 Working Mode of the Probe
The Probe can work in two different working modes. One for testing and recording data. The
other is for replaying and analyzing data.
2.5 Recommended Device List
This section describes the recommended devices, including UEs, data cards, and scanners.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

2.1 Introduction to the Probe


The Probe supports multiple network systems, device types, features powerful service test
function, and data management function. In addition, the Probe is easy to operate.

Features
The features of the Probe are as follows:

l Supports the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, WiMAX, and LTE network systems.
l Supports multiple device types, including:
– Multiple types of test terminals.
– Multiple types of scanners.
– Multiple types of GPS.
l Supports multiple tests of the voice service and the data service, including the voice service
test, scanner test, data service test, and concurrent test of the voice and data service.
l Supports multiple speech quality evaluation tests.
For details, see 1 New Features of the Probe V200R003.
l Supports forcing function test.
For details, see 11.2 Forcing Function Tests.
l Supports the geographic display of the wireless measurement data.
The Probe can dynamically display the test parameters, test routes, and neighboring
connection line and display events by using graphics. In addition, the Probe supports the
geographic display of the MapInfo map, raster map, and site information.
l Supports recording and saving logfiles in real time and replaying the test procedure through
the replay function. In addition, during the test, the logfiles can be sliced to facilitate the
management of the logfiles recorded in different time segments.
l Supports displaying key events in real time, such as handover and call drops during the
test. The statistics of key events and KPIs in real time during the test facilitates the detection
of problems.
l Supports the data view synchronization of the message view, map view, and event view
facilitate the problem location and analysis.

Application Scenarios
The Probe can be used at every stage of the network lifecycle, such as the network planning,
network construction, network capacity expansion, and network optimization.

l Exploring propagation environment


During the network planning, the Probe uses the scanner to perform the continuous wave
(CW) test to obtain the test data of the radio signal space fading in typical running
environment. The data can be used to calibrate propagation models and function as a guide
to the network planning.
l Performance test and evaluation

2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

During network construction and capacity expansion, you can evaluate the network
performances by the Probe. The evaluation result functions as a guide to adjusting and
optimizing network parameters.
l Network problem identification
During the network maintenance or optimization, the test process can be replayed through
the replay function of the Probe. The network problems can be quickly identified through
the replay function of the Probe and the post-processing data analysis software (such as
GENEX Assistant).

System Structure
The Probe system consists of the test terminal, scanner, GPS, PC installed with the Probe, and
dongle. It supports simultaneous testing on the test terminal, scanner, and GPS. During the test,
up to six test terminals, one scanner, and one GPS can be connected to the PC.

Figure 2-1 shows the system structure of the Probe. Table 2-1 describes the physical entities
shown in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1 System structure of the Probe

Table 2-1 Description of the system structure of the Probe

Physical Entity Description

PC Refers to a desktop or laptop. The PC is used to install the main program


of the Probe, the GENEX shared components, and the driver of certain
devices to provide the data test platform of the air interface. In addition,
the PC can be connected to the GPS, scanner, test terminal, or dongle
through the serial port, USB port, IEEE 1394 port, or ethernet port.

Dongle Refers to the hardware device with the license information. The dongle
is used to control the usage rights to the Probe.

GPS The GPS is used to record outdoor test tracks.

Scanner Refers to the scanner. The scanner can record the spectrum of the air
interface data and import the spectrum to Probe for observation.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Physical Entity Description

Test terminal Refers to the MS or PC card.

2.2 Basic Concepts of the Probe


This describes certain central concepts of the Probe, such as external device, logfile, test plan,
signaling, and air interface parameters. These concepts help you better use the Probe to collect,
view, and analyze the test data of the air interface.

Table 2-2 describes the basic concepts of the Probe.

Table 2-2 Basic concepts of the Probe

Basic Description Remarks


Concepts

External The external device refers to the test terminal, scanner, For types and
device and Global Positioning System (GPS). specifications of the
l Test terminal external device
The test terminal includes the test mobile phone supported by the
and PC card. Probe, see 7.1
Connectable
l Scanner External Devices.
The scanner can record the spectrum of the air
interface data and import the spectrum to Probe for
observation.
l GPS
The GPS is used to record outdoor test tracks.

Logfile The logfile is the record of the collected information -


during the drive test. During the drive test, the test data
can be saved in a file, and the file is called logfile
(a .gen file). Through the logfile, you can replay the
test procedure. This facilitates observing and
analyzing the data.
When recording a logfile, the Probe automatically
saves a .tab file with the same name with the logfile.
The .tab file is used to store GPS information.

Project The Probe manages test items based on projects. You -


can configure multiple external devices and other
system parameters and design the test plan for one
project.

Test plan The test plan is a customized test task and consists of For the test items
test items provided by the Probe. You can design test provided by the Probe,
plan for the test terminal and scanner according to your see 14.1 Description
requirements to guide the test of each data service and of Test Items.
voice service during the drive test.

2-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Basic Description Remarks


Concepts

Indoor test The difference between the indoor test and the outdoor -
test lies in the methods of obtaining the test tracks. In
the case of the outdoor test, the test tracks are obtained
through the dot trace by the GPS. In the case of the
indoor test, the test tracks are obtained through the
manual dot trace.
The indoor test consists of horizontal test and vertical
test.
l In the case of the horizontal test, the fixed points
are selected according to the floor plan of the
equipment room. The horizontal test consists of
automatic test and manual test.
The automatic test is performed according to the
tracks entered beforehand. The manual test is
performed by manually controlling the tracks of
points.
l In the case of the vertical test, the signal distribution
in the vertical direction between floors is tested.

Statistic By using the air interface message or Layer2/Layer3 For the predefined
Report of signaling, the Probe can judge the events in accordance events provided by the
Event with the event definition rules and help in locating Probe, see 14.2
radio network problems. Description of
The Probe provides predefined events of the system. Predefined Events.
Through the event view window, you can browse the
predefined events of the system or check the events in
the map view.

Device During the drive test, when the device is unexpectedly -


alarm disconnected or the signal strength of the GPS is weak,
the Probe generates alarm in dialog box or voice mode.
You can set alarm events for special situations and
alarm modes.

Message The message provided by the Probe refers to the air -


interface message, generally the layer 2 message and
the layer 3 message. In the message view window, you
can browse air interface messages or the messages
from various protocols or events.

Air Air interface parameters refer to the information For the air interface
interface elements (IEs) of the test terminal. The air interface parameters that can be
parameter parameters of each network protocol are displayed in collected by the Probe,
s the air interface parameter view or map view in digital see 14.3 Description
or text mode. of Information
Elements.

Data The session of the data service can be performed -


service through the setup of the Packet Switched (PS)
connection.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Basic Description Remarks


Concepts

Voice The voice service or the video call service can be tested -
service through the setup of the Circuit Switched (CS)
connection.

Data view The data view is used to display the test data. The data -
views provided by the Probe include the IE view,
message view, event view, map view, KPI statistic
view, and GPS view.
These data views are displayed on the Probe in chart,
list, text, line chart, or mixed mode.

Engineeri Engineering parameters include base station (BS) For the engineering
ng engineering parameters, BS technical parameters, parameters supported
parameter antenna parameters, and neighboring cell parameters. by the Probe, see 6.1
s After the engineering parameters are imported, the Engineering
system can find the information about the best matched Parameters
site in time and consider the engineering parameters as Supported in
network parameters for analysis. Different Network
Systems.

Map The map consists of a series of map elements and -


involves the MapInfo map and the raster map. The map
information is displayed in the map window on the
Probe. The map information involves the test area, test
routes, events, and engineering parameters.
l MapInfo Map
A MapInfo map consists of multiple layers, and
each layer is saved in a file. The files supported by
the MapInfo map are in .tab or .gst (GeoSet) format.
A GeoSet is a special type of workspace used for
map layers and saves the configurations including
layer order, labels, and legends.
l Raster map
The entire raster map can be considered as a layer.
The raster map supported by the Probe is
in .tif, .bmp, .jpg, .gif, or .png format.

Layer A layer is a set of data displayed in the map window. -


There are two main types of layers: map layers and
indicator layers.
l A map consists of multiple map layers.
l An indicator layer consists of events, IEs, and cells.
A layer may contain multiple objects. For example, a
map layer contains all the roads and water areas on the
map; a cell layer contains multiple engineering
parameters.

2-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Basic Description Remarks


Concepts

Label The labels indicates the objects in various layers of -


maps in text form. The objects include field names of
engineering parameters in cell layers, IE values and
numbers in IE layers, and names of buildings in
building layers.

Filemark The filemark is used to record the geographic -


information about the test location in texts. The
geographic information includes the features of
buildings and interference source.
The filemarks can be displayed as events in view
windows. You can search for filemark events to locate
the filemark area during the data replay.

2.3 Main Interface of the Probe


This section describes the main interface of the Probe, including the menu bar, toolbar,
navigation pane, operation interface, status bar, and entries to perform related operations by
using the Probe.

Figure 2-2 shows the interface after the Probe is started. Table 2-3 describes the items shown
in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2 Main interface of the Probe

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Table 2-3 Description of the main interface of the Probe


No. Name Description

1 Menu bar Displays the main menu of the system. For details, see
Menu Bar.

2 Toolbar Provides the shortcut icons for common operations. For


details, see Toolbar.

3 Navigation Provides shortcut icons for the main operations of the


pane system. For details, see Navigation Pane.

4 Operation Displays different view windows and configuration


interface interfaces. For details, see Operation Interface.

5 Status bar of Displays the worksheet that is added by users. For details,
the operation see Operation Interface.
interface

6 System status Displays the status information about the system,


bar including the current status of the system and the device.
For details, see System Status Bar.

Menu Bar
The menu bar of the Probe shows the main menu of the system. The menus on the menu bar are
arranged according to the main functions of the Probe to facilitate your operations.
Table 2-4 describes the menu bar of the Probe and the corresponding functions.

Table 2-4 Description of the menu bar of the Probe


Main Menu Description

Project Provides entries for operations related to the project


management. For details, see Table 2-5.

Logfile Provides entries for operations related to the


management of the logfile. For details, see Table 2-6.

Configuration Provides entries for operations such as configuring


external devices, engineering parameters, test plans,
and the system. For details, see Table 2-7.

View Provides entries for operations related to the view


management. For details, see Table 2-8.

Test Provides entries for certain basic operations during data


collection. For details, see Table 2-9.

Window Provides entries for operations such as arranging view


windows. For details, see Table 2-10.

2-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Main Menu Description

Help Provides entries for the system help and operations


related to the license management. For details, see
Table 2-11.

Table 2-5 Description of the Project menu


Menu Item Description

New Enables you to create a project.

Open Enables you to open a project under a specified path.

Open From Enables you to open projects of different types.


The menu items are as follows: Site Verification,
Optimize, Benchmark, Acceptance, and Customize.

Close Enables you to close the project that is opened


currently.

Remove Enables you to delete a project.

Save Enables you to save a project.

Save As Enables you to save the current project as another one.

Exit Enables you to exit the main program of the Probe.

Table 2-6 Description of the Logfile menu


Menu Item Description

Open Logfile Enables you to open a logfile.

Close Logfile Enables you to close a logfile.

Play Enables you to replay a logfile.

Pause Enables you to pause the logfile replay.

Stop Enables you to stop the logfile replay.

Speed Up Enables you to accelerate the replay of a logfile.

Speed Down Enables you to slow down the replay of a logfile.

Export Data Enables you to convert the test data format.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Table 2-7 Description of the Configuration menu


Menu Item Description

Device Configure Enables you to configure external devices.

Engineering Parameter Enables you to manage engineering parameters.


management

Test Plan Control Enables you to design a test plan.

System Configure Enables you to set configuration items of the system.

Table 2-8 Description of the View menu


Menu Item Description

Toolbars Enables you to set whether to display the standard


toolbar, replay toolbar, and navigation pane. By
default, these items are displayed.

Status Bar Enables you to set whether to display the system status
bar. By default, the system status bar is displayed.

GSM Enables you to open the view of GSM/GPRS air


interface parameters.

WCDMA Enables you to open the view of WCDMA air interface


parameters.

CDMA Enables you to open the view of CDMA2000 1X/EV-


DO air interface parameters.

WiMAX Enables you to open the view of WiMAX air interface


parameters.

LTE Enables you to open the view of LTE air interface


parameters.

GPS Enables you to open the GPS view.

Service Quality Enables you to open the view of data service


parameters.

MOS Enables you to open the view of speech quality


evaluation.

Statistic Enables you to open the event statistics view and KPI
statistics view.

Message Enables you to open the Layer 2 or Layer 3 message


view.

Event List Enables you to open the event list view.

Information Enables you to open the information view.

2-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Menu Item Description

OutdoorMap Enables you to open the outdoor map view.

IndoorMap Enables you to open the indoor map view.

Scanner Enables you to open the scanner view.

Custom Line Chart Enables you to open the line chart view.

Table 2-9 Description of the Test menu


Menu Item Description

Start Test Plan Enables you to start a test plan.

Stop Test Plan Enables you to stop a test plan.

Start Record Enables you to start or stop the logfile recording.

Pause Record Enables you to pause or resume the logfile recording.

Slice Record Enables you to slice a logfile.

File Mark During the test, the Probe records the geographic
information about the test location in texts and
automatically saves the information in DT logfiles. The
geographic information includes the features of
buildings and interference source. During the data
replay or data analysis, the Probe can quickly locate the
user-concerned area based on the Filemark event.
This menu is available after the Probe starts the DT
logfile recording.

Forcing Function Enables you to controls a terminal to perform the


forcing feature test, including the GSM, WCDMA, and
LTE forcing feature test, GSM Carrier-to-Adjacent
(CA) measurement, and GSM NV parameter setting.

LTE Send Command Enables you to control a LTE terminal to perform the
demodulation reference signal (DMRS) frequency
hopping test.
For details about the hopping group information, see
Radio Parameters.

Table 2-10 Description of the Window menu


Menu Item Description

Cascade Enables you to arrange view windows in cascade mode.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Menu Item Description

Tile Horizontally Enables you to arrange view windows in horizontal tile


mode.

Tile Vertically Enables you to arrange view windows in vertical tile


mode.

Close All Enables you to close all the view windows of the
currently active worksheet.

NOTE

The Window menu enables the system to display the names of the opened view windows of the currently
active worksheet.

Table 2-11 Description of the Help menu


Menu Item Description

Contents Enables you to open the Help of the Probe.

License Info Enables you to view the license information.

Update License Enables you to update the license.

View ESN Enables you to obtain the electronic serial number


(ESN).

Check License Enables you to check whether the dongle is connected


properly.

About Probe Enables you to view the version information about the
Probe.

Tech Support Enables you to view the technical support information.

Toolbar
The toolbar on the main interface of the Probe consists of the standard toolbar and the replay
toolbar. By clicking the icon on the toolbar, you can switch to the corresponding interface or
perform the corresponding operation quickly.
l Standard toolbar
Figure 2-3 shows the icons on the standard toolbar. Table 2-12 describes the icons shown
in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3 Standard toolbar

2-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

NOTE

You can choose View > Toolbars > Standard to set whether to display the standard toolbar.

Table 2-12 Description of the standard toolbar

Icon Name Description

New Project Enables you to create a project.

Open Project Enables you to open a project in .xml format.

Save Enables you to save the current project.

External Enables you to configure external devices.


Device
Configuratio
n

Auto Enables the Probe to automatically connect to an external


Connect device added in the Device Configure dialog box so that
the external device can be used.

Disconnect Enables the Probe to disconnect an external device added


in the Device Configure dialog box.

Test Plan Enables you to design a test task. In the Test Plan
Control Control dialog box displayed after you click this icon, you
can design test plans, configure test items, and view the
execution status of the test items.

Map Enables you to open the OutdoorMap window.


Window
Management

Engineering Enables you to open the Engineering Parameter


Parameter management window.
Management

Record Start/ Enables you to start or stop the logfile recording.


Stop When the logfile recording is started, this icon becomes the

icon.

Record Enables you to pause or resume the logfile recording. If


Pause/ KPIs are required to be evaluated, it is recommended that
Resume you do not pause the logfile recording.
When the logfile recording is paused, this icon becomes the
icon.

Record Enables you to slice a logfile. If you click this icon, the
Segment system closes the currently recorded logfile and creates a
new logfile to slice the corresponding logfile while
performing the ongoing tests.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Icon Name Description

Filemark During the test, the Probe records the geographic


information about the test location in texts and
automatically saves the information in DT logfiles. The
geographic information includes the features of buildings
and interference source. During the data replay or data
analysis, the Probe can quickly locate the user-concerned
area based on the Filemark event.
This icon is available after the Probe starts the DT logfile
recording.

Start Test Enables you to start a test plan.


Plan

Stop Test Enables you to stop a test plan.


Plan

Online Help Enables you to open the Help of the Probe.

l Replay toolbar
Figure 2-4 shows the icons on the replay toolbar. Table 2-13 describes the icons shown in
Figure 2-4.

Figure 2-4 Replay toolbar

NOTE

You can choose View > Toolbars > Replay to set whether to display the replay toolbar.

Table 2-13 Description of the replay toolbar


Icon Name Description

Open Logfile Enables you to open a drive test


file in .gen format.

Play Logfile Enables you to replay a logfile.


This icon is available only after a
logfile is opened.

Pause Logfile Playing Enables you to pause the logfile


replay.

2-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Icon Name Description

Stop Playing Logfile Enables you to stop the logfile


replay.
Stopping the logfile replay does
not close the logfile. You can
choose Logfile > Close Logfile to
close a logfile.

Locate Enables you to search for an event


in a logfile and find the location
where the event occurs on the
map.

Replay rate drop- Enables you to adjust the replay


down list box speed. The range is from 1/8-
speed to 32-speed.

Slide bar Enables the logfile to be replayed


from a specified position.
CAUTION
The Probe does not count the key
events or KPIs when you move the
slide bar.

Navigation Pane
The navigation pane, located in the left pane of the main interface, provides shortcut icons for
the main operations of the system. The navigation pane consists of four tabs, namely, Project,
Control, Configuration, and View, as shown in Figure 2-5.

Click in the upper right corner of the navigation pane to hide the navigation pane.

Figure 2-5 Navigation pane

l Project tab
Table 2-14 describes the shortcut icons under this tab.

Table 2-14 Description of the icons under the Project tab

Icon Description

Enables you to create a project.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Icon Description

Enables you to open the project file in the


following path: software installation path
\Projects\Site Verification.

Enables you to open the project file in the


following path: software installation path
\Projects\Optimize.

Enables you to open the benchmark project file in


the following path: software installation path
\Projects\Benchmark.

Enables you to open the project file in the


following path: software installation path
\Projects\Acceptance.

Enables you to open the project file in the


following path: software installation path
\Projects\Customize.

l Control tab
Table 2-12 describes the shortcut icons under this tab.
l Configuration tab
Table 2-15 describes the shortcut icons under this tab.

Table 2-15 Description of the icons under the Configuration tab


Icon Description

Enables you to configure external devices. After


you click this icon, the Device Configure dialog
box is displayed for you to configure external
devices.

Enables you to design a test plan. After you click


this icon, the Test Plan Control dialog box is
displayed for you to design a test plan.

Enables you to set configuration items of the


system. After you click this icon, the System
Configure dialog box is displayed for you to
modify the pre-defined event attributes, alarm
mode when the device is abnormal, and attributes
of the logfile.

l View tab
The icons under this tab provide operation entries for various view windows, engineering
parameter windows, and test plan control windows. For details, see Table 2-8.

2-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Operation Interface
The operation interface is used to display various view windows and configuration windows.
The operation interface consists of multiple worksheets. You can add multiple worksheets as
required.
Right-click the status bar of the operation interface shown in Figure 2-2. Then, you can add,
delete, or rename a worksheet through the options displayed in the shortcut menu, as shown in
Figure 2-6.

Figure 2-6 Shortcut menu of the status bar of the operation interface

System Status Bar


The system status bar, located at the bottom of the main interface, displays the current status of
the system and the device, as shown in Figure 2-7. For descriptions on the Figure 2-7, see Table
2-16.

Figure 2-7 System status bar

Table 2-16 Description of the system status bar


No. Name Description

(1) Menu description This area displays the function description of a menu
when the menu is in use.

(2) System status This area displays the current status of the system. The
status can be Idle, Testing, or Replay.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

No. Name Description

(3) Device status This area displays the connection status of the
currently configured devices. If you place the mouse
pointer on the status indicator, the name of the device
that the indicator stands for is displayed. Different
colors represent different status, as shown in Table
2-17.
l indicates the MS.
l indicates the GPS.
l indicates the Scanner.

Table 2-17 Device status description

Icon Meaning

Red indicator:
l The external device is connected to the PC properly but the
connection displayed on the Probe is broke down or abnormal.
l The external device is disconnected from the PC or the connection
to the PC is abnormal.

The green indicator indicates that the external device connected to the
PC and the connection displayed on the Probe is normal.

The yellow indicator indicates that the signals of the external device
are insufficient or the device is in the Searching state.

2.4 Working Mode of the Probe


The Probe can work in two different working modes. One for testing and recording data. The
other is for replaying and analyzing data.

The Probe can work in the following working modes:

l Drive test mode


By working with the test terminal and other external devices, the Probe collects the air
interface data and records the test data (saving the test data in logfiles). During the data
collection, you can also observe the test data in real time.
For details, see 8 Collecting Data.
l Replay mode
The Probe reads the test data from logfiles and replays logfiles for inspection and analysis.
During the replay, you can adjust the replay speed and assign the replay start point to
facilitate the problem identification and analysis.
For details, see 9.3 Replaying Logfiles.

2-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

NOTE

The minimum replay rate and the maximum rate supported by the Probe are 1/8 and 32 times of the
test rate.

The preceding two working modes are mutually exclusive:

l When the system is in the drive test mode, if the working mode needs to be switched to the
replay mode, the test must be stopped before the logfile is opened.
l When the system is in the replay mode, if the working mode needs to be switched to the
drive test mode, the replay must be stopped and the logfile must be closed before the external
device is connected to the Probe.

2.5 Recommended Device List


This section describes the recommended devices, including UEs, data cards, and scanners.

2.5.1 Recommended Terminal List (GSM/WCDMA)


This section describes the recommended GSM/WCDMA terminals and data cards and the
features supported by these GSM/WCDMA terminals and data cards.
2.5.2 Recommended Terminal List (LTE)
This section describes the recommended LTE data cards and the features supported by these
LTE data cards.
2.5.3 Recommended Terminal List (WiMAX)
This section describes the recommended WiMAX data cards and the features supported by these
WiMAX data cards.
2.5.4 Recommended Scanner List
This section describes the recommended scanner list and the features supported by these
scanners.

2.5.1 Recommended Terminal List (GSM/WCDMA)


This section describes the recommended GSM/WCDMA terminals and data cards and the
features supported by these GSM/WCDMA terminals and data cards.

NOTE

l √: Supported.
l ×: Not supported.

Recommended terminal list (GSM/WCDMA)


Feature/Terminal U6100 U1251 U1280-5

GSM 850 × × √

GSM 900 √ √ ×

GSM 1800 √ √ √

GSM 1900 √ √ √

WCDMA 850 × × √

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

Feature/Terminal U6100 U1251 U1280-5

WCDMA 900 × √ ×

WCDMA 1900 × × √

WCDMA 2100 √ √ ×

WCDMA AWS × × ×

EDGE √ × √

HSDPA (Mbit/s) × × ×

HSUPA (Mbit/s) × × ×

External Antenna × × ×

Video Phone √ √ √

SQE(MS-MS) √ √ √

SQE(MS-PSTN) √ √ √

GSM Cell Locking √ √ √

GSM Forced √ √ √
Handover/Prohibited
Handover

GSM ARFCN/Band √ √ √
Locking

GSM CBA Turnover √ √ √

GSM Frequency √ √ √
Scan

WCDMA UARFCN √ √ √
Locking

WCDMA √ √ √
Scrambling Code
Locking

Recommended data card list (GSM/WCDMA)


Feature/Data Card E372u-8

GSM 850 √

GSM 900 √

GSM 1800 √

GSM 1900 √

2-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Feature/Data Card E372u-8

WCDMA 850 √

WCDMA 900 √

WCDMA 1900 √

WCDMA 2100 √

WCDMA AWS ×

HSDPA (Mbit/s) 21.6

HSUPA (Mbit/s) 5.76

MIMO ×

MIMO+64QAM ×

HSPA+ √

DC-HSPA+ 42

PC Voice ×

2.5.2 Recommended Terminal List (LTE)


This section describes the recommended LTE data cards and the features supported by these
LTE data cards.

NOTE

l √: Supported.
l ×: Not supported.

Feature/Data Card Huawei B390 Huawei E398

2100 × √

2650 × √

900 × √

800 √ ×

Band 64 TDD √ ×

2.5.3 Recommended Terminal List (WiMAX)


This section describes the recommended WiMAX data cards and the features supported by these
WiMAX data cards.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
2 Overview of the Probe User Guide

NOTE

l √: Supported.
l ×: Not supported.

Feature/Data Card Huawei Sequans Seowon GCT Seowon GCT


BM358 SWU3120 SWU3220

2.3 (GHz) √ × ×

2.5 (GHz) × √ √

3.5 (GHz) × × ×

External Antenna √ × ×

MIMO √ √ √

FFR √ √ √

2.5.4 Recommended Scanner List


This section describes the recommended scanner list and the features supported by these
scanners.

NOTE

l √: Supported.
l ×: Not supported.

Feature/Scanner PCTEL SeeGull Ex TSMQ/TSML

GSM 850 (MHz) √ ×

GSM 900 (MHz) √ ×

GSM 1800 (MHz) √ ×

GSM 1900 (MHz) √ ×

WCDMA 850 (MHz) √ √

WCDMA 900 (MHz) √ √

WCDMA 1900 (MHz) √ √

WCDMA 2100 (MHz) √ √

WCDMA AWS (MHz) √ √

WiMAX 2.3 (GHz) × ×

WiMAX 2.5 (GHz) √ ×

WiMAX 3.5 (GHz) √ ×

CW √ ×

2-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 2 Overview of the Probe

Feature/Scanner PCTEL SeeGull Ex TSMQ/TSML

RSSI Scanning √ ×

GSM Scanning √ ×

Spectrum Analysis √ √

TopN Pilot Scanning √ ×


(WCDMA)

TopN Preamble Index × √


Scanning (WiMAX)

External Antenna √ √

External GPS √ √

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 3 Installing the Probe

3 Installing the Probe

About This Chapter

This section describes how to install the Probe and other assistants. To complete the installation
of the Probe, you only need to run the installation program and then perform operations as
prompted by the installation wizard.

Context
After the Probe is installed, you must connect the dongle to the PC to obtain the license so that
you can use the relevant functions authorized by the license.
3.1 Preparations Before Installing the Probe
Before installing the Probe, you must check whether the installation requirements are met. The
installation requirements are as follows: The software package of the Probe is available. The
software package of the shared components is available. The configuration of the PC meets the
requirement for the installation.
3.2 Installing Shared Components
The GENEX Shared components provide functions for map processing and view editing.
Therefore, the Shared components must be installed to ensure normal running of the Probe.
3.3 Installing the Probe Main Program
The Probe main program must be installed on the computer used for the test and must be active
during the test.
3.4 Plugging in a Dongle
The dongle is a device that provides the user with the authorization to use the GENEX series
products. License is integrated with the dongle. Therefore, you must plug the dongle into the
computer before using the Probe to collect data or using the PSTN SQE Server to evaluate speech
quality. If you only use the Probe to replay data, the dongle is not required.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
3 Installing the Probe User Guide

3.1 Preparations Before Installing the Probe


Before installing the Probe, you must check whether the installation requirements are met. The
installation requirements are as follows: The software package of the Probe is available. The
software package of the shared components is available. The configuration of the PC meets the
requirement for the installation.

Hardware Requirements of the Probe


Table 3-1 lists the hardware requirements for the PC.

Table 3-1 Hardware requirements of the Probe


Configuration Configuration Requirement
Item

CPU It is recommended that the processor be Intel 1.8 GHz Dual-Core.

Memory The minimum memory is 1 GB and it is recommended that the memory


be 2 GB or larger.

Hard disk It is recommended that the free hard disk space be 10 GB or larger.

PC port l If a scanner is connected to the PC, one USB port, one serial port,
or one IEEE 1394 port is required.
l If a test terminal is connected to the PC, at least one USB port, one
USB hub, one serial port, or one PCI slot is required.
l If a GPS is connected to the PC, one USB port or one serial port is
required.
l If a dongle is connected to the PC, at least one USB port is required.

Operating System Microsoft Windows XP or Microsoft Windows 7

Software Requirements of the Probe


Table 3-2 lists the software and the corresponding configurations required for the drive test.

Table 3-2 Software requirements of the Probe


Configuration Obtaining Method Configuration Remarks
Item Requirement

Operating system - Microsoft Windows XP or Mandatory


Microsoft Windows 7

3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 3 Installing the Probe

Configuration Obtaining Method Configuration Remarks


Item Requirement

Operating software - Microsoft Office 2003 or If the


Microsoft Office 2007 Microsoft
Office is not
installed, the
engineering
parameter
file in xls or
xlsx format
cannot be
imported.

GENEX Probe l Download the The user must have an Mandatory


V200R003C01 software package account for the http://
software installation from http:// support.huawei.com. In
package support.huawei.co addition, the user must be
m. authorized to download the
l Obtain from the GENEX Probe
GENEX Probe V200R003C01 software
V200R003C01 installation package or the
software user purchased the GENEX
installation CD- Probe V200R003C01.
ROM.

Software installation l Download the The user must have an If the


package of the software package account for the http:// GENEX
GENEX shared from http:// support.huawei.com. In Shared
components support.huawei.co addition, the user must be components
m. authorized to download the are not
l Obtain from the software installation installed, the
GENEX Probe package of the GENEX Probe cannot
V200R003C01 shared components or the be used
software user purchased the GENEX normally.
installation CD- Probe V200R003C01.
ROM.

License The license is The GENEX Probe If the dongle


integrated in the V200R003C01 is is not
dongle. purchased. installed,
only the
replay
function of
the Probe can
be used.

3.2 Installing Shared Components


The GENEX Shared components provide functions for map processing and view editing.
Therefore, the Shared components must be installed to ensure normal running of the Probe.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
3 Installing the Probe User Guide

Context
If the computer is already installed with the Probe before, you need not to install the Shared
components again. For an upgrade version of the Probe, the GENEX Shared components also
need to be upgraded. Therefore, you need to install an upgraded GENEX Shared components if
you install an upgrade version of the Probe.

Procedure
Step 1 Obtain the installation program of GENEX Shared components.

If ... Then ...

The installation program is downloaded from Decompress the downloaded package


http://support.huawei.com. and perform Step 2.

The installation CD-ROM of GENEX Probe Perform Step 2.


V200R003 is available.

Step 2 Double-click Setup.exe. The installation interface is displayed.


Step 3 Click Next.
Step 4 In the displayed dialog box for confirmation, click Yes.
Step 5 After the installation is complete, click Finish.
Step 6 Check whether the GENEX Shared components are successfully installed.
Choose Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs. In the displayed Add or Remove
Programs window, check whether the software information about the GENEX Shared
components is listed.

If ... Then ...

The software information about the The GENEX Shared components are installed
GENEX Shared components is listed. successfully.

The software information about the Perform Step 1 through Step 6.


GENEX Shared components is not listed.

----End

3.3 Installing the Probe Main Program


The Probe main program must be installed on the computer used for the test and must be active
during the test.

3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 3 Installing the Probe

Prerequisite
Get the Probe installation program ready and check whether the computer meets the hardware
requirements for installing the Probe. For details about the hardware requirements, see 3.1
Preparations Before Installing the Probe.

Context
During the installation of the Probe, the system installs the PSTN SQE Server by default. You
can install the two softwares according to your requirements. If you need to perform the speech
quality evaluation on the uplink and downlink, you must install the PSTN SQE Server. For
details about the PSTN SQE Server, see the corresponding user guide.

Procedure
Step 1 Obtain the GENEX Probe V200R003C01 installation program.

If ... Then ...

The installation program is downloaded from Decompress the downloaded package


http://support.huawei.com. and perform Step 2.

The installation CD-ROM of GENEX Probe Perform Step 2.


V200R003C01 is available.

Step 2 Double-click Setup.exe. The installation interface is displayed.


Step 3 Click Next.
Step 4 In the displayed dialog box for confirmation, choose I accept the terms of the license
agreement.
Step 5 Click Next.
Step 6 In the dialog box as shown in Figure 3-1, specify User Name and Company Name.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
3 Installing the Probe User Guide

Figure 3-1 Customer Information

NOTE

l Anyone who uses this computer (all users): Authorize all users of this computer to use the Probe.
l Only for me (user): Authorize only the current user to use the Probe.

Step 7 Click Next.


Step 8 Select the installation mode.
l Complete: Installs the Probe and the PSTN SQE Server at a time.
l Custom: Refers to the custom installation mode. You can choose to install the PSTN SQE
server.
Step 9 Click Browse to select the installation directory.
Step 10 Click Next.

If ... Then ...

The Complete installation mode is used Perform Step 11.

The Custom installation mode is used 1. In the displayed dialog box, select Probe.
2. Click Next.
3. Perform Step 11.

Step 11 After the installation is complete, you can select Yes, I want to restart my computer now or
No, I will restart my computer later. Then click Finish.

3-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 3 Installing the Probe

It is recommended that you select Yes, I want to restart my computer now.


Step 12 Check whether the Probe is installed successfully.
Choose Start > All Programs > GENEX Drive Test Solution > GENEX Probe 2.3 >
Probe and check whether the shortcut for the Probe exists.

If ... Then ...

The shortcut for the Probe exists. The Probe is installed successfully.

The shortcut for the Probe does not exist. Perform Step 1 through Step 12 again.

After the Probe main program is installed, the generated Probe installation folder is in a structure
described in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3 Structure of the Probe installation folder


Folder Description

Probe 2.3 Bin Fonts Saves the fonts used by the Probe.

HelpManual Saves the help documents.

Language Saves the supported language resources.

MsgDecoder Saves the data used for decoding.

PLUGIN Saves the plug-ins supported by the Probe.

SQE Saves the sample files and the destination files


of the speech quality evaluation test.

Voice Saves the voice files.

Config Saves the system configuration files.

EventConfig Saves the configuration files that serve as the


principle for event handling.

Log Saves the logfiles recording history


operations.

Map Saves the map files.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
3 Installing the Probe User Guide

Folder Description

Projects Save project files. By default, the following


folders are contained:
l Acceptance: Saves the project files for
acceptance tests.
l Benchmark: Saves the project files for
benchmark tests.
l Customize: Saves the customized project
files.
l Optimize: Saves the project files for
optimization tests.
l Site Verification: Saves the project files
for site verification tests.

Temp Saves the temporary files.

Template Saves the templates of projects and


engineering parameters.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the Probe is installed, you must connect the dongle to the PC to obtain the license so that
you can use the relevant functions authorized by the license.

3.4 Plugging in a Dongle


The dongle is a device that provides the user with the authorization to use the GENEX series
products. License is integrated with the dongle. Therefore, you must plug the dongle into the
computer before using the Probe to collect data or using the PSTN SQE Server to evaluate speech
quality. If you only use the Probe to replay data, the dongle is not required.

Procedure
Step 1 Plug in the dongle.

If ... Then ...

The software is being used for the first time Plug the dongle into the USB port of the PC.
and the dongle is available.

The dongle expires. Perform Step 2 through Step 5 to obtain a


valid license and update the license for the
dongle.

3-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 3 Installing the Probe

Step 2 Choose Start > All Programs > GENEX Drive Test Solution > GENEX Probe 2.3 >
corresponding software name (such as Probe or PSTN SQE Server) to run the main program.
Step 3 On the displayed main interface, choose Help > View ESN.
Step 4 Send the ESN to Huawei technical support engineer and wait for a new license.
Normally, the new license will be delivered in two to three days.
Step 5 Update the new license for the dongle.
1. On the main interface, choose Help > Update License.
2. In the Open dialog box, select the new license.
3. Click Open.
4. In the displayed dialog box for confirmation, click OK.

CAUTION
When updating the new license for the dongle, ensure that only the dongle for the corresponding
software is plugged into the computer.

Step 6 Optional: Choose Help > License Info to check the authorization information of the dongle.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
If the dongle can not be used normally, the dongle driver should be installed.
You can obtain the dongle driver through the following modes:
l Huawei website: http://support.huawei.com
l GENEX Probe V200R003 software installation CD-ROM

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 4 Starting the Probe

4 Starting the Probe

Once installed, the Probe application can be launched from the Start menu or the shortcut icon.

Procedure
l Choose Start > All Programs > GENEX Drive Test Solution > GENEX Probe 2.3 >
Probe to open the main interface of the Probe.
For details about the main interface of the Probe, see 2.3 Main Interface of the Probe.

l Double-click to open the main interface of the Probe.


----End

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 5 Managing the Map Window

5 Managing the Map Window

About This Chapter

The map window displays map-related information in a test area and counter information such
as cell information, event information, and IE information on the drive test route. You can add
a layer, configure layer properties, and configure the legend properties of the IE layer in the map
window.

Context
l To open an indoor map window, choose View > IndoorMap.
l To open an outdoor map window, choose View > OutdoorMap.
5.1 Basic Concepts About Maps
This section describes the basic concepts about maps. It is recommended that you perform
relevant operations in the map window to learn the relevant concepts of maps.
5.2 Importing Maps
You can import a map through the indoor map window or outdoor map window. In this manner,
you can directly know the wireless environment of the test area and easily analyze the test data.
5.3 Adding Layers
This section describes how to add map layers or counter layers such as IE layer, cell layer, and
event layer to an indoor map or an outdoor map so that you can view and analyze test data.
5.4 Configuring Layer Properties
Layer properties consist of layer display properties and layer label properties. Layer display
properties specify the display modes of the objects on a layer. Layer label properties specify the
labeling modes of the objects on a layer. You can configure layer offset properties and adjust
the projection of map layers in the outdoor map window. You can also configure the offset
properties of IE layers in the indoor or outdoor map window. The configuration of layer
properties is temporary and is not saved in projects.
5.5 Configuring Legend Properties
Legend properties include the colors, shapes, and fonts of legends. You can configure the IE
legend properties of MSs in the indoor or outdoor map window so that IEs are displayed on the
map as dots according to different legends. If legend properties are not configured, the Probe
displays IEs according to the default legend.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
5 Managing the Map Window User Guide

5.1 Basic Concepts About Maps


This section describes the basic concepts about maps. It is recommended that you perform
relevant operations in the map window to learn the relevant concepts of maps.

Map
The map consists of a series of map elements and involves the MapInfo map and the raster map.
The map information is displayed in the map window on the Probe. The map information
includes the map information about the test area, test routes, events, and engineering parameters.
l MapInfo map
A MapInfo map consists of multiple layers, and each layer is saved in a file. The files
supported by the MapInfo map are in .tab or .gst (GeoSet) format. A GeoSet is a special
type of workspace used for map layers and saves the configurations including layer order,
labels, and legends.
l Raster map
The entire raster map can be considered as a layer. The raster map supported by the
Probe is in .tif, .bmp, .jpg, .gif, or .png format.

Layer
A layer is a set of data displayed in the map window. There are two main types of layers: map
layers and indicator layers.
l A map consists of multiple map layers.
l An indicator layer includes the information related to events, IEs, and cells.
A layer may contain multiple objects. For example, a map layer contains all the roads and water
areas on the map; a cell layer (see Figure 5-1) contains multiple engineering parameters.

Figure 5-1 Cell layer

5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 5 Managing the Map Window

Label
Labels are the texts that represent the objects contained on each layer in the map window. For
example, the fields of the engineering parameters on a cell layer, the values and indexes of the
IEs on an IE layer, and the names of the buildings on a building layer.

5.2 Importing Maps


You can import a map through the indoor map window or outdoor map window. In this manner,
you can directly know the wireless environment of the test area and easily analyze the test data.

Context
After the Probe is installed, the system automatically installs the world map. If no other maps
are imported, the system displays the world map by default each time you open the outdoor map
window.

If engineering parameters are imported, the Probe automatically loads the engineering
parameters and displays them as a layer of the map after you open the outdoor map window.

The indoor map window and the outdoor map window are mutually exclusive. Therefore, you
must close the outdoor map window before opening the indoor map window. Similarly, you
must close the indoor map window before opening the outdoor map window.
5.2.1 Importing Outdoor Test Maps
The MapInfo map and raster map can be imported. The MapInfo map consists of multiple layers,
and each layer is saved in a file. The entire raster map can be considered as a layer. You can
import outdoor test map during the outdoor test to facilitate the data browse in the outdoor map
view.
5.2.2 Importing Indoor Test Maps
Only the raster indoor map can be imported. You can import indoor test map during the indoor
test to facilitate the data browse in the indoor map view.

5.2.1 Importing Outdoor Test Maps


The MapInfo map and raster map can be imported. The MapInfo map consists of multiple layers,
and each layer is saved in a file. The entire raster map can be considered as a layer. You can
import outdoor test map during the outdoor test to facilitate the data browse in the outdoor map
view.

Procedure
l Import a MapInfo map.
1. Choose View > OutdoorMap from the system menu, or double-click
OutdoorMap on the View tab page in the navigation area.

2. In the OutdoorMap window displayed, click the icon.


3. Select one or more outdoor map files in .tab format or .gst format.

You can select multiple map files by holding down Ctrl.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
5 Managing the Map Window User Guide

4. Click Open.
l Import a raster map.
1. Choose View > OutdoorMap from the system menu, or double-click
OutdoorMap on the View tab page in the navigation area.

2. In the OutdoorMap window displayed, click the icon.


3. Select a .tif, .bmp, .jpg, .gif, or .png file and then click Open.
4. In the Raster Image dialog box, click on the map to add a reference point.
NOTE

The imported raster map does not contain geographical information; therefore, reference points
must be added for determining geographic locations on the map.
5. In the Add Control Point dialog box, enter the name of the reference point, longitude,
latitude, and location information. Click OK.
6. Perform Step 4 through Step 5 repeatedly to add at least three reference points. The
reference points should not be in the same line.
7. Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
You can add layers or configure the display properties of layers in an active outdoor map. For
details, see 5 Managing the Map Window.

Related References
12.3 Interface Description: OutdoorMap Window
12.12 Parameters for Importing the Outdoor Raster Map

5.2.2 Importing Indoor Test Maps


Only the raster indoor map can be imported. You can import indoor test map during the indoor
test to facilitate the data browse in the indoor map view.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose View > IndoorMap from the system menu, or double-click IndoorMap on the View
tab page in the navigation area.

Step 2 In the IndoorMap window displayed, click the icon.

Step 3 Choose a .tif file or a .bmp file.

Step 4 Click Open.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
You can add layer or configure the legends properties of the layer in an active indoor map. For
details, see 5 Managing the Map Window.

5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 5 Managing the Map Window

Related References
12.4 Interface Description: IndoorMap Window

5.3 Adding Layers


This section describes how to add map layers or counter layers such as IE layer, cell layer, and
event layer to an indoor map or an outdoor map so that you can view and analyze test data.

Prerequisite
l If you want to add map layers, the map files in .tab format must be ready.
l If you want to add counter layers, make preparations as follows:
– If you want to add IE layers and event layers, external devices must be configured.
– If you want to add cell layers, engineering parameters must be imported.

Context
A layer is a set of data displayed in the map window. There are two main types of layer, namely,
map layer and counter layer.

Map layers form the map. Counter layers consist of information about event, IE, cell, alarm, and
GPS counters. A layer may contain multiple objects. For example, a map layer contains all the
roads and water areas on the map; a cell layer contains multiple engineering parameters.

Procedure
Step 1 Determine the type of layers to be added.

If you need to... Then ...

Add map layers Perform Step 2 through Step 6.

Add counter layers Perform Step 7 through Step 9.

Step 2 In the outdoor map window, click or right-click in the map display area and then choose
Layer Control from the shortcut menu. The Layer Control dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Click Add.

Step 4 Select one or more .tab files, and then click Open.
NOTE

You are advised to add only necessary layers such as base stations, test routes, and main roads on the map.

Step 5 Optional: In the Layer Control dialog box, click Up or Down to move a layer forward or
backward.

Step 6 Click OK.

Step 7 In the Map Layers window of the indoor or outdoor map view, click .

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
5 Managing the Map Window User Guide

Step 8 In the Add Layer dialog box, select the layers to be added.

Step 9 Click OK.

----End

5.4 Configuring Layer Properties


Layer properties consist of layer display properties and layer label properties. Layer display
properties specify the display modes of the objects on a layer. Layer label properties specify the
labeling modes of the objects on a layer. You can configure layer offset properties and adjust
the projection of map layers in the outdoor map window. You can also configure the offset
properties of IE layers in the indoor or outdoor map window. The configuration of layer
properties is temporary and is not saved in projects.

Prerequisite
l If you want to configure the properties of cell layers, ensure that engineering parameters
are imported.
l If you want to configure the properties of counter layers during a test, ensure that external
devices are configured.
l If you want to configure the properties of counter layers during a replay, ensure that the
logfile used for the replay contains the information about external devices.
Choose View > Information. Then, you can view the contents in the logfile in the displayed
Information window.

Context
l Labels are the texts that represent the objects contained on each type of layer in a map.
For example, the fields of the engineering parameters on a cell layer, the values and numbers
of the IEs on an IE layer, and the names of the buildings on a building layer.
– For the GSM system, the BTSName and BTSID can be labeled for the base station. By
default, engineering parameter fields BTSName and BCCHNO are labeled.
– For the WCDMA system, the NodeBName and NodeBID can be labeled for the base
station. By default, engineering parameter fields NodeBName and P-SC are labeled.
– For the CDMA system, the Site Name and Site ID can be labeled for the base station.
By default, engineering parameter fields Site Name and PN are labeled.
– For the WiMAX system, the BS Name and BS ID can be labeled for the base station.
By default, engineering parameter fields BSName and Preamble Index are labeled.
– For the LTE system, the eNodeBName and eNodeBID can be labeled for the base
station. By default, engineering parameter fields eNodeBName and PCI are labeled.
l The map projection refers to the method of projecting the points on the spheroid earth to
the plane coordinates.
The projection varies with layers, and thus a standard is required to normalize the projection,
namely, to adjust the map projection.
l Layer offset refers to the method of making an offset of certain distance on an IE layer in
the longitude or latitude direction so that the objects on each layer can be displayed clearly.

5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 5 Managing the Map Window

Procedure
l Configuring layer display properties

1. In the outdoor map window, click or right-click the map, and then choose Layer
Control from the shortcut menu. The Layer Control dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Layers area, select a layer for which the display properties are to be configured.
3. In the Properties area, select Visible to display the selected layer on the map.
4. Click Display to configure the display properties of this layer.
For details about the relevant parameters, see Parameters of the Display Properties
Dialog Box.
5. After the configuration is complete, click OK. The Layer Control dialog box is
displayed.
6. Repeat Step 2 through Step 5 until the display properties of all the required layers are
configured.
7. In the Layer Control dialog box, click OK.
l Configuring layer label properties

You can configure layer label properties by using either of the following methods:

– In the outdoor map window, click , and then configure layer label properties in the
Cell Label Setting dialog box.
You can choose to label a base station field or the imported engineering parameter fields.

– In the outdoor map window, click or right-click the map, and then choose Layer
Control from the shortcut menu. Configure the layer label properties in the Layer
Control dialog box.
For details, see Step 1 through Step 6.
1. In the Layers area of the Layer Control dialog box, select a layer for which the label
properties are to be configured.
2. In the Properties area, select Visible and Automatic Labels to display the labels of
the selected layer on the map.
3. Click Labels to configure the label properties of this layer.
For details about the relevant parameters, see Parameters of the Label Properties
Dialog Box.
4. After the configuration is complete, click OK. Then, the Layer Control dialog box
is displayed.
5. Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 until the label properties of all the required layers are
configured.
6. In the Layer Control dialog box, click OK.
The labels of the configured layers are displayed in the map.
l Adjusting the projection of a map layer
1. In the outdoor map window, right-click the map, and then choose Projection from
the shortcut menu. The Choose Projection dialog box is displayed.
2. Select a projection mode from the Category drop-down list and select an adjustment
mode in the Category Members area.
3. Click OK.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
5 Managing the Map Window User Guide

l Configuring the offset properties of IE layers


1. In the Map Layers window of an indoor or outdoor map view, right-click the IE layer,
and then choose Offset Layer from the shortcut menu. The Layer Offset dialog box
is displayed.
2. Set the offset.
For detailed description about the parameters, see Parameters for Configuring the
Layer Offset.
3. After the configuration is complete, click OK.
----End

5.5 Configuring Legend Properties


Legend properties include the colors, shapes, and fonts of legends. You can configure the IE
legend properties of MSs in the indoor or outdoor map window so that IEs are displayed on the
map as dots according to different legends. If legend properties are not configured, the Probe
displays IEs according to the default legend.

Prerequisite
l If you want to configure IE legend properties during a test, ensure that the MS is configured.
l If you want to configure IE legend properties during a replay, ensure that the logfile used
for the replay contains the information about the MS.
Choose View > Information. Then, you can view the contents in the logfile in the displayed
Information window.

Procedure
Step 1 In the Map Layers window of the indoor or outdoor map view, select an IE layer.

Step 2 Click the or right-click the IE layer, and then choose Edit Layer from the shortcut menu.
The Layer Parameter dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Set the relevant parameters in the Layer Parameter dialog box.
For detailed description about the parameters, see Parameters of the Layer Parameter Dialog
Box.
Step 4 After the configuration is complete, click OK.

----End

Related References
12.13 Parameters for Configuring the Legend Properties

5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

6 Managing Engineering Parameters

About This Chapter

This chapter describes engineering parameters of different network systems supported by the
Probe and the method for importing engineering parameters. You can learn about the details of
base station parameters, antenna parameters, neighboring cell parameters, and various
technology parameters of the current test area through the engineering parameters.

6.1 Engineering Parameters Supported in Different Network Systems


This describes mandatory fields and optional fields of the engineering parameters supported in
different network system. You can refer to these parameters when you import the engineering
parameters of different network protocol.
6.2 Importing Engineering Parameters
You can import engineering parameters of the test area before the test or replay. After the
engineering parameters are imported, the system detects the best matched BTS from the imported
BTS information according to the network parameter values of the Probe.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
6 Managing Engineering Parameters User Guide

6.1 Engineering Parameters Supported in Different


Network Systems
This describes mandatory fields and optional fields of the engineering parameters supported in
different network system. You can refer to these parameters when you import the engineering
parameters of different network protocol.

l For details on GSM engineering parameters, see GSM Engineering Parameters.


l For details on WCDMA engineering parameters, see WCDMA Engineering
Parameters.
l For details on CDMA engineering parameters, see CDMA Engineering Parameters.
l For details on WiMAX engineering parameters, see WiMAX Engineering Parameters.
l For details on LTE engineering parameters, see LTE Engineering Parameters.

The default saving path of the engineering parameters is as follows: Software Installation
Directory\Template\Engineering Parameters.

GSM Engineering Parameters


Field Description Value Mandat
ory (Yes/
No)

Data type: integer. Range: 0 to


Azimuth Azimuth (degree) 360. Yes

Data type: double. Range: 0 to


CI Cell ID 65535. Yes

Data type: double. Range: 0 to


LAC Location area code 65535. Yes

Absolute radio frequency


channel number of the Data type: double. Range: 0 to
BCCHNo broadcast control channel 1023. Yes

Data type: double. Range: -180.0


Longitude Longitude (degree) to 180.0. Yes

Data type: double. Range: -90.0 to


Latitude Latitude (degree) 90.0. Yes

Base transceiver station


BTSID (BTS) ID Data type: character string. No

BTSName BTS name Data type: character string. No

CellName Cell name Data type: character string. No

CGI Cell global identification Data type: character string. No

TCHList Traffic channel (TCH) list Data type: character string. No

6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

Field Description Value Mandat


ory (Yes/
No)

Base station identity code,


consisting of network color
code (NCC) and base station Data type: character string. Range
BSIC color code (BCC) of the NCC and BCC: 0 to 7. No

AntHeight Antenna height Data type: float. No

Machine downTilt angle


MechTilt (degree) Data type: float. No

ElecTilt Electronic downTilt (degree) Data type: float. No

Altitude Antenna altitude Data type: float. No

Indicates whether the general


GprsSuppo packet radio service (GPRS)
rt is supported Data type: character string. No

Polarizatio
n Polarization type Data type: character string. No

AntGain Antenna gain Data type: float. No

FreqBand Band Data type: character string. No

EdgeSupp Indicates whether the EDGE


ort is supported Data type: character string. No

FH Mode Frequency hopping mode Data type: character string. No

SiteConfig NodeB Type Data type: character string. No

City City Data type: character string. No

Region Region Data type: character string. No

Data type: character string. Value:


BTSType NodeB type Macrocell and Microcell. No

AntType Antenna type Data type: character string. No

Base station controller (BSC)


BSCName name Data type: character string. No

ProjectPha Indicates to which phase the


se project belongs Data type: character string. No

Data type: integer. Range: 0 to


RAC Routing area code 65535. No

MA Mobile allocation Data type: character string. No

Tower amplification (TMA)


TMAType type Data type: character string. No

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
6 Managing Engineering Parameters User Guide

Field Description Value Mandat


ory (Yes/
No)

TMAGain TMA gain Data type: integer. No

WCDMA Engineering Parameters


Field Description Value Mandat
ory (Yes/
No)

CellID Cell ID Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


65535.

UARFCN Carrier frequency point Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


20000.

P-SC Primary scrambling code Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


511.

Azimuth Azimuth (degree) Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


360.

Longitude Longitude Data type: double. Range: -180.0 Yes


to 180.0.

Latitude Latitude Data type: double. Range: -90.0 to Yes


90.0.

RNCID Radio network controller Data type: integer. Range: 0 to No


(RNC) ID 255.

NodeBID NodeB ID Data type: character string. No

NodeBNa NodeB name Data type: character string. No


me

NodeBTyp NodeB type Data type: character string. Value: No


e Macrocell and Microcell.

SectorID Sector ID Data type: character string. No

CellName Cell name Data type: character string. No

DownTilt Downtilt (degree) Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No

E- Internal E-downTilt (degree) Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


DownTilt

M- Machine downTilt angle Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


DownTilt (degree)

GroudHeig Antenna height above the Data type: float. No


ht ground

6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

Field Description Value Mandat


ory (Yes/
No)

Altitude Antenna altitude Data type: float. No

AntennaTy Antenna type Data type: character string. No


pe

AntennaG Antenna gain Data type: float. No


ain

H- Width of horizontal half- Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


Beamwidt power beam
h

V- Width of vertical half-power Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


Beamwidt beam
h

FeederTyp Feeder type Data type: character string. No


e

FeederLen Feeder length Data type: float. No


gth

NodeBCE Number of NodeB CEs Data type: integer. No

ActiveStat Cell status (active or not) Data type: character string. No


us

Outdoor Outdoor station Data type: character string. No

TMA Tower mounted amplifier Data type: character string. No

CDMA Engineering Parameters


Field Description Value Mandat
ory
(Yes/
No)

PN Pseudo-random number Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


511.

Longitude Longitude Data type: double. Range: -180.0 Yes


to 180.0.

Latitude Latitude Data type: double. Range: -90.0 to Yes


90.0.

Azimuth Azimuth (degree) Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


360.

Cell ID Cell ID Data type: integer. Yes

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
6 Managing Engineering Parameters User Guide

Field Description Value Mandat


ory
(Yes/
No)

ARFCN Frequency number Data type: integer. Yes

Sector ID Sector ID Data type: integer. Yes

DownTilt Downtilt (degree) Data type: integer. Range: 0 to 90. No

Site ID Site ID Data type: integer. No

Site Name Site name Data type: character string. No

Carrier ID Carrier ID Data type: integer. No

SID System ID Data type: integer. No

NID Network ID Data type: integer. No

Antenna Antenna height (m) Data type: integer. No


Height

BeamWidt Angle of the horizontal lobe Data type: integer. Range: 0 to 90. No
h (degree)

WiMAX Engineering Parameters


Field Description Value Mandat
ory (Yes/
No)

BSID Base station ID, including Data type: character string. Yes
Operator ID and Sector ID

Longitude Longitude Data type: double. Range: -180.0 Yes


to 180.0.

Latitude Latitude Data type: double. Range: -90.0 to Yes


90.0.

Freq Frequency (kHz) Data type: integer. Yes

Azimuth Azimuth of an antenna Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


(degree) 360.

Preamble Preamble index, Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


Index corresponding to Segment 114.
and Cell ID

FA Index Frequency allocation index Data type: integer. No

Operator Operator ID corresponding to Data type: integer. No


ID BSID

6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

Field Description Value Mandat


ory (Yes/
No)

Sector ID Sector ID Data type: integer. No

Cell ID Cell ID Data type: integer. No

Cell Name Cell name Data type: character string. No

BS Name Base station name Data type: character string. No

Antenna Antenna height (m) Data type: integer. No


Height

DownTilt Azimuth of an antenna Data type: double. Range: 0 to 90. No


(degree)

Angle Width of the antenna main Data type: double. Range: 0 to No


lobe (degree) 360, where, 0 indicates the
omnidirectional antenna.

PermBase PermBase in the cell Data type: integer. Range: 0 to 33. No

LTE Engineering Parameters


Field Description Value Mandato
ry (Yes/
No)

eNodeBID LTE eNodeB ID Data type: character string. Yes

eNodeBNa LTE eNodeB name Data type: character string. Yes


me

SectorID Sector ID Data type: character string. Yes

Local Local cell ID Data type: character string. Yes


CellID

CellID Cell ID Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


533.

UARFCN Carrier frequency point Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


20000.

PCI ID of the primary cell Data type: integer. Range: 0 to Yes


503.

Longitude Longitude Data type: double. Range: -180.0 Yes


to 180.0.

Latitude Latitude Data type: double. Range: -90.0 Yes


to 90.0.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
6 Managing Engineering Parameters User Guide

Field Description Value Mandato


ry (Yes/
No)

Azimuth Azimuth (degree) Data type: float. Range: 0 to 360. Yes

eNodeBTy LTE eNodeB type Data type: character string. No


pe

CellName Cell name Data type: character string. No

DownTilt Downtilt (degree) Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No

E- Internal E-downTilt (degree) Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


DownTilt

M- Machine downTilt angle Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


DownTilt (degree)

GroudHei Antenna height above the Data type: float. No


ght ground

Altitude Antenna altitude Data type: float. No

AntennaT Antenna type Data type: character string. No


ype

AntennaG Antenna gain Data type: float. No


ain

H- Width of horizontal half- Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


Beamwidt power beam
h

V- Width of vertical half-power Data type: float. Range: 0 to 90. No


Beamwidt beam
h

FeederTyp Feeder type Data type: character string. No


e

FeederLen Feeder length Data type: float. No


gth

ActiveStat Cell status (active or not) The value is Yes or No. No


us

Outdoor Station type (outdoor or not) The value is Yes or No. No

TMA The tower mounted amplifier Data type: character string. No


is available or not

6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

6.2 Importing Engineering Parameters


You can import engineering parameters of the test area before the test or replay. After the
engineering parameters are imported, the system detects the best matched BTS from the imported
BTS information according to the network parameter values of the Probe.

Context
According to service requirements, engineering parameters are classified into mandatory
parameters, optional parameters, and neighboring cell parameters. For details, see 6.1
Engineering Parameters Supported in Different Network Systems. You can click the
icon to view engineering parameter templates of different networks in the default path provided
by the Probe. In addition, you can modify the format of the current engineering parameter table
based on the project reference template to ensure that the format of the engineering parameter
table meets the requirements of the Probe.

l The mandatory fields must be totally matched. Otherwise, the corresponding engineering
parameter cannot be imported.
l In the case of the optional fields, you can perform the match operation according to the
actual situation. If the optional field is not matched, the Probe does not import the data in
the corresponding column as the engineering parameter.
l Neighboring cells are classified into horizontal neighboring cells and vertical neighboring
cells.
– Horizontal neighboring cell
The engineering parameter fields of the serving cell and the cell fields are in the same
line of the same table. Horizontal neighboring cells support only the GSM network
system. In this case, engineering parameter fields contain neighboring cell fields.
– Vertical neighboring cell
Each line in the table indicates a neighboring cell relation. Vertical neighboring cells
support the GSM, WCDMA, WiMAX, and LTE network systems. In this case,
engineering parameter fields do not contain neighboring cell fields, and you need to
import the corresponding engineering parameter when importing a neighboring cell.
NOTE

In the case of importing vertical neighboring cell fields, pay attention to the following points:
l In GSM network system, LAC and CI of the engineering parameter field must be matched, and
NLAC and NCI of the neighboring cell field must be matched.
l In WCDMA network system, RNCID and CellID of the engineering parameter field must be matched,
and NRNCID and NcellID of the neighboring cell field must be matched.
l In WiMAX network system, BSID of the engineering parameter field must be matched, and NBSID
of the neighboring cell field must be matched.
l In LTE network system, CellID and PCI of the engineering parameter field must be matched, and
NcellID and NPCI of the neighboring cell field must be matched.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Engineering Parameter management.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
6 Managing Engineering Parameters User Guide

Step 2 In the Engineering Parameter management window, click . The Select File dialog box is
displayed.
Step 3 Select the network mode of the imported engineering parameter in Protocol.
Step 4 Perform the operation according to the type of the imported data.

If ... Then...

The engineering parameter is imported, Open an engineering parameter file in


but no neighboring cell field is imported. Engineering parameter file.

The engineering parameter and the 1. Select Config Neighboring Cell.


horizontal neighboring cell field are 2. Choose Horizontal.
imported. 3. Open an engineering parameter file
(containing neighboring cell fields) in
Engineering parameter file.

The engineering parameter and the 1. Select Config Neighboring Cell.


vertical neighboring cell field are 2. Choose Vertical.
imported. 3. Open an engineering parameter file in
Engineering parameter file.
4. Open a neighboring cell parameter file in
Neighboring cell file.

Step 5 Click Next. The Match Parameters dialog box is displayed.


Step 6 Select the sheet that the engineering parameter or neighboring cell field is located in Select
sheet.
Step 7 Click Finish.
The Probe starts to match the engineering parameters in the Probe Param and Excel Param
lists automatically. Then, the engineering parameters are displayed in the Engineering
Parameter management window.

6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 6 Managing Engineering Parameters

If ... Then...

The Probe displays a dialog box You can infer that the mandatory parameters in
the Probe Param and Excel Param lists do not
match. In this case, you must manually match
these mandatory parameters.
1. Click OK.
2. Select the line in which the field does not
match.
3. Click Match Date. The Match dialog box is
displayed.
4. Select the correct field name and click OK.
5. To match other fields, perform 7.2 through
7.4 repeatedly.
6. Click Finish, and then wait until importing the
engineering parameters is complete.
7. Perform Step 8.

The Probe doe not display any dialog box You do not need to manually match the
engineering parameters.
After the engineering parameters are imported, go
to Step 8.

Step 8 Optional: Edit the engineering parameters.


1. In the Engineering Parameter management window, select the parameters to be edited,
and then type the new values in the table.

2. Click for the new values to take effect.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

In addition, you can click to export engineering parameters to XLS file or CSV file for
future use.
After importing engineering parameters, you can add engineering parameter layers or view the
engineering parameters and neighboring cell connection line information in the map window.

Related References
12.2 Interface Description: Engineering Parameter management Window
12.11 Parameters for Importing the Engineering Parameters

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

7 Connecting External Devices

About This Chapter

Connecting external devices involves connecting external devices to the PC and in the Probe,
so that the external devices can work with the Probe to perform tests. When you use the Probe
to replay data, you need not connect external devices.

7.1 Connectable External Devices


The Probe supports various types of external devices, such as test terminal, scanner, and GPS.
This describes the types and specifications of external devices used in the data collection.
7.2 Plugging in External Devices
Before a test is performed, ensure that the external devices are properly plugged into the PC and
are correctly positioned.
7.3 Configuring External Devices
This section describes how to configure external devices. After external devices are connected
to the PC installed with the Probe, you need to add and configure related parameters in the
Device Configure window of the Probe so that external devices work with the Probe to collect
data.
7.4 Enabling External Devices
Enabling external devices refers to connecting external devices in the Probe so that the Probe
can recognize the configured external devices.
7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected
Selecting the data to be collected refers to the process in which the Probe selectively collects
the data reported by test terminals. In this case, the logfile records only the selected data. For
the data that is frequently read, you can set data sampling intervals. This avoids the receipt of
redundant data and increases the speed of reading data.
7.6 Configuring Device Alarms
The Probe generates alarm in dialog box or voice mode, when the device is unexpectedly
disconnected or the signal strength of the GPS is weak. You can set alarm events or alarm modes
for special situations.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

7.1 Connectable External Devices


The Probe supports various types of external devices, such as test terminal, scanner, and GPS.
This describes the types and specifications of external devices used in the data collection.

Test Terminal
l Table 7-1 shows the types and specifications of GSM/WCDMA test terminals.

Table 7-1 Specifications of GSM/WCDMA test terminals


Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks
Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei U120e GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the following


(MHz): test items:
900/1800/1900 l Forcing function
WCDMA (MHz): test
2100 l Speech quality
evaluation test
l Video Phone test

Huawei U1205 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the following


(MHz): test items:
850/1800/1900 l Forcing function
WCDMA (MHz): test
850/1900 l Speech quality
evaluation test
l Video Phone test

Huawei U6100 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the following


(MHz): test items:
900/1800/1900 l Forcing function
WCDMA (MHz): test
2100 l Speech quality
evaluation test
l Video Phone test

Huawei U1211 GSM/GPRS (MHz): Yes -


900/2100
WCDMA (MHz):
900/1800/2100

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks


Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei U1251 GSM/GPRS (MHz): Yes Support the following


850/1800/1900 test items:
WCDMA (MHz): l Forcing function
900/2100 test
l Speech quality
evaluation test
l Video Phone test

Huawei U1307 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes -


(MHz):
900/1800/1900
WCDMA (MHz):
850/2100

Huawei U8220 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Not support the


(MHz): following test items:
850/900/1800/1900 l MMS test
WCDMA (MHz): l Video Phone test
850/1900/2100
l KeyEmul test
l Multi-RAB test
l Async SQE(MS-
MS) test
l SQE(MS-PSTN)
test

Huawei U8226 GSM/GPRS/EDGE No Not support the


(MHz): following test items:
850/900/1800/1900 l MMS test
WCDMA (MHz): l Video Phone test
850/1900/2100
l KeyEmul test
l Multi-RAB test
l Async SQE(MS-
MS) test
l SQE(MS-PSTN)
test

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks


Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei U7519 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Not support the


(MHz): following test items:
900/1800/1900 l MMS test
WCDMA (MHz): l Video Phone test
2100
l KeyEmul test
l Multi-RAB test
l Async SQE(MS-
MS) test
l SQE(MS-PSTN)
test

Huawei U7517 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Not support the


(MHz): following test items:
900/1800/1900 l MMS test
WCDMA (MHz): l Video Phone test
850/2100
l KeyEmul test
l Multi-RAB test
l Async SQE(MS-
MS) test
l SQE(MS-PSTN)
test

Huawei U526 GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


900/1800/1900
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Huawei U535 GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


900/1800/1900
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Huawei U550 GSM/GPRS/EDGE No -


(MHz):
900/1800/1900
HSDPA/WCDMA
(MHz): 2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s): 3.6

Huawei U626 GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


900/1800
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks


Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei U636 GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


900/1800
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Huawei U1280-5 GSM/GPRS/EDGE No Support the following


(MHz): test items:
850/1800/1900 l Speech quality
WCDMA (MHz): evaluation test
850/1900 l Video Phone test

Huawei U3220 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Not support the


(MHz): following test items:
850/900/1800/1900 l Speech quality
WCDMA/HSPA+ evaluation test
(MHz): 1700/1900 l Video Phone test
l MMS test

Huawei E176 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes -


Card (MHz):
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA/WCDMA
(MHz):
850/1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s): 7.2
HSUPA (Mbit/s): 2

Huawei E180 GSM (MHz): Yes -


Card 850/900/1800/1900
HSPA/WCDMA
(MHz): 900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s): 7.2
HSUPA (Mbit/s): 2

Huawei E270 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes -


Card (MHz):
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA/WCDMA
(MHz):
850/1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s): 7.2
HSUPA (Mbit/s): 2

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks


Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei E270+ GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the Multiple


Card (MHz): Input Multiple Output
850/900/1800/1900 (MIMO) test.
HSPA+/WCDMA
(MHz): 1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s): 7.2
HSUPA (Mbit/s): 2

Huawei E1820 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the MIMO


Card (MHz): test.
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA+/WCDMA
(MHz): 2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s):
21.6

Huawei E182E GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes Support the MIMO


Card (MHz): test.
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA+/HSPA/
WCDMA (MHz):
850/900/1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s):
21.6
HSUPA (Mbit/s):
5.76

Huawei E1823 GSM/GPRS/EDGE Yes -


Card (MHz):
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA+/HSPA/
WCDMA (MHz):
850/900/1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s):
21.6
HSUPA (Mbit/s):
5.76

7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Remarks


Terminal Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei E372u-8 GSM/GPRS/EDGE No Support the DC-


Card (MHz): HSDPA test.
850/900/1800/1900
HSPA+/HSPA/
WCDMA (MHz):
850/900/1900/2100
HSDPA (Mbit/s):
21.6
HSUPA (Mbit/s):
5.76
DC-HSPA+ (Mbit/
s): 43.2

Qualcomm GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


TM6200 900/1800
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Qualcomm GSM/GPRS (MHz): No -


TM6250 900/1800
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Qualcomm GSM (MHz): No -


TM6275 900/1800/1900
WCDMA (MHz):
2100

Qualcomm GSM (MHz): No -


TM6280 900/1800/1900
WCDMA (MHz):
850/1900/2100

l Table 7-2 shows the types and specifications of CDMA test terminals.

Table 7-2 Specifications of CDMA test terminals

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Automatically (Yes/No)


Terminal

Huawei C300 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C506 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C2860 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C5005 1x 800 MHz No

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Type of the Test Supported Band Detect Automatically (Yes/No)


Terminal

Huawei C5588 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C7100 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C7168 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C7188 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei C7200 1x 800 MHz No

Huawei EC360 1x/DO0/DOA: 800 No


Card MHz, 1900 MHz

Qualcomm 1x/DO0/DOA: 800 No


QTP-6800 MHz, 1900 MHz

LG KX206 1x 800 MHz No

LG KX236 1x 800 MHz No

l Table 7-3 shows the types and specifications of WiMAX test terminals.

Table 7-3 Specifications of WiMAX test terminals

Type of the Supported Detect Remarks


Test Terminal Band Automatically
(Yes/No)

ZyXEL 2500 MHz No -


MAX100

ZyXEL 3500 MHz No -


MAX210

Seowon GCT 2500 MHz, 3500 No -


SWU1100 MHz

Seowon GCT 2300 MHz No -


SWU3020

Seowon GCT 2500 MHz No -


SWU3120

Seowon GCT 3500 MHz No -


SWU3220

Huawei Sequans 2500 MHz No -


BM325

Huawei Sequans 2300 MHz No -


BM355

Huawei Sequans 2300 MHz No -


BM358

7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Type of the Supported Detect Remarks


Test Terminal Band Automatically
(Yes/No)

Huawei Sequans 2500 MHz No Supports only the USB


BM625 connection mode.

Huawei Sequans 3500 MHz No Supports only the USB


BM635 connection mode.

Huawei Beceem 2500 MHz No Supports only the USB


BM328 connection mode.

Huawei Beceem 3500 MHz No Supports only the USB


BM338 connection mode.

l Table 7-4 shows the specifications of LTE test terminals.

Table 7-4 Specifications of LTE test terminals


Type of the Supported Band Detect Remarks
Test Automatically
Terminal (Yes/No)

Huawei UE Band 4: AWS No Supports only the


1.0 Band 7: 2.6GHz network port
connection mode.
Band 12: 700 MHz
Band 40: 2.3 GHz
DD: 800 MHz

Huawei UE Band 4: AWS No Supports only the


1.1 Band 7: 2.6 GHz network port
connection mode.
Band 12: 700 MHz
Band 40: 2.3 GHz
DD: 800 MHz

Huawei UE Band 1: 2.1 GHz No Supports only the


2.0 Band 3: 1800 MHz network port
connection mode.
Band 4: AWS
Band 7: 2.6 GHz
Band 8: 900 MHz
Band 12: 700 MHz
Band 38: 2.6 GHz
Band 40: 2.3 GHz
DD: 800 MHz

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Type of the Supported Band Detect Remarks


Test Automatically
Terminal (Yes/No)

Huawei Band 38: 2.6 GHz No Supports only the


B390 Band 40: 2.3 GHz network port
connection mode.
Band 64: 2545 MHz to
2575 MHz
Band 7: 2.6 GHz
Band 20: 791 MHz to
821 MHz (Downlink),
and 832 MHz to 862
MHz (Uplink)

Huawei Band 1: 2.1 GHz No Supports only the USB


E398 Card Band 7: 2.6 GHz connection mode.
Band 3: 1800 MHz

Scanner
The followings scanners are supported by the Probe:
l GSM/WCDMA
– PCTel SeeGull EX GSM 900/1800 WCDMA 900/2100
– PCTel SeeGull LX Tri-Band GSM 900/1800 WCDMA 900/2100
– PCTel PCT-505
– PCTel PCT-520 Tri-Band GSM 900/1800 WCDMA 2100
– Anritsu ML8720 GSM 850/900/1800/1900 WCDMA 2100
– Anritsu ML8740 GSM 850/900/1800/1900 WCDMA 2100
– Anritsu ML8742A WCDMA 2100
– Rohde & Schwarz TSML-W
It supports all the WCDMA band class defined by 3GPP by default.
l CDMA
– PCTel SeeGull LX Dual Mode Quad Band CDMA 850/1900 EV-DO 850/1900
l WiMAX
– PCTel SeeGull EX Mini Dual Band WiMAX 2500/3500

GPS
The Probe supports the GPS that complies with the National Marine Electronics Association
0183 (NMEA0183) protocol. For example, the GARMIN series and supports the text format of
the GARMIN series. NMEA0183, enacted by the NMEA, is a data protocol that complies with
industrial standards. Based on all ASCII characters, this protocol adapt to custom options . Thus,
this protocol is flexible.
The following GPSs are supported by the Probe:

7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

l GARMIN GPS76
l Huan Tian BU353

7.2 Plugging in External Devices


Before a test is performed, ensure that the external devices are properly plugged into the PC and
are correctly positioned.

Prerequisite
The external devices and auxiliary equipment for a test are available. For details, see 8.2
Preparations Before Data Collection.

Context
The connection modes that vary with the types of the external devices are as follows:

l Test terminal: USB, PCMCIA slot, or Ethernet port


l Data card: USB or PCMCIA slot
l PCTel SeeGull scanner and Anritsu scanner: USB or COM port
l Rohde&Schwarz TSML-W scanner: FireWire (IEEE 1394 port)
l GPS: USB or COM port
NOTE

In the case that the Probe performs tests of multiple terminals at a time, the Belkin USB 7-port Hub must
be used to ensure the proper connection between test terminals and a PC.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect all required external devices to a PC and ensure that all cables are plugged in properly.

For details about how to connect the external devices, see the installation guide of the
corresponding external device.

CAUTION
Required drivers of the external devices must be installed so that the PC can identify these
devices. You can find drivers of a variety of external devices in the Accessory\Driver directory
in the Probe software installation package. For details about how to install these drivers, see the
user guide of the corresponding external device.

Step 2 Ensure that the external devices are positioned correctly.


l Ensure that the connection between the external devices and the PC is secure.
l Ensure that the cables connected to the external devices bend naturally.
l Ensure that the receive signals of the test terminals and the GPS are not blocked. Otherwise,
the signals may be insufficient, which affects the data collection.

----End

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Example
For details about the connection mode of an LTE UE, see 13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE
UE?.

Follow-up Procedure
After the external devices are plugged into the PC, you must configure these devices on the
Probe and ensure that the Probe identifies them so that they can work with the Probe to collect
data.

7.3 Configuring External Devices


This section describes how to configure external devices. After external devices are connected
to the PC installed with the Probe, you need to add and configure related parameters in the
Device Configure window of the Probe so that external devices work with the Probe to collect
data.

7.3.1 Configuring External Devices Automatically


This section describes how to configure external devices automatically. The Probe automatically
detects external devices that are connected to the PC and automatically adds the detected external
devices to the Device Configure window.
7.3.2 Configuring External Devices Manually
This section describes how to configure external devices manually. Devices which cannot be
detected automatically must be added manually in the Device Configure window.

Related References
12.7 Parameters for Configuring External Devices

7.3.1 Configuring External Devices Automatically


This section describes how to configure external devices automatically. The Probe automatically
detects external devices that are connected to the PC and automatically adds the detected external
devices to the Device Configure window.

Context
Currently, the Probe supports automatic detection of certain models of test terminals and does
not support automatic detection of scanners and GPS. For details about test terminals that can
be automatically detected by the Probe, see 7.1 Connectable External Devices.

Procedure
l Click in the main interface of the Probe.
The detected external devices are automatically added to the Device Configure dialog box
and Down is displayed in State, as shown in Figure 7-1.

7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Figure 7-1 Device Configure dialog box

NOTE

If automatic detection fails or external devices do not support automatic detection, you need to
manually configure external devices. For details, see 7.3.2 Configuring External Devices
Manually.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
You can configure external devices that are connected to the PC on the Probe by referring to
7.4 Enabling External Devices.

7.3.2 Configuring External Devices Manually


This section describes how to configure external devices manually. Devices which cannot be
detected automatically must be added manually in the Device Configure window.

Procedure

Step 1 On the main interface of the Probe, click .

Step 2 In the displayed dialog box, click .


Step 3 From the Type drop-down list box, select an external device such as the MS, GPS, or scanner
to be configured. From the Model drop-down list box, select the model of the selected external
device.
Step 4 Click Next to set the relevant parameters.
For details about the parameters, see 12.7 Parameters for Configuring External Devices.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

TIP

l You can view the value of COM port of the external device under the Ports (COM & LPT) node in
the Device Manager window. In a data service test, you can right-click an external device node under
the Modem node in the Device Manager window and then choose Properties from the shortcut menu.
Then, you can view the value of Modem port of the external device on the Modem tab page.

You can enter the Device Manager window by clicking icon on the toolbar of Device
Configure window.
l You can click Filter to select the data to be received. For the description of the parameters, see 12.8
Parameters for Filtering the Original Data.
l You can also select the data to be received after the external device is configured. For details, see 7.5
Selecting the Data to Be Collected.

Step 5 Click OK.


Step 6 Check the configuration status of the external device.
In the Device Configure dialog box, if the value of the configured external device is Down in
the State column, you can infer that the external device is configured in the Probe.
If no value is displayed in the State column, you can infer that the external device is not
configured in the Probe. In this case, repeat Step 2 through Step 5 to configure the external
device based on the actual situation until the values of all the configured external devices are
Down in the State column.
Step 7 Optional: Synchronize the PC time with the GPS time.
1. Choose Configuration > System Configure to open the System Configure dialog box.

2. Click .
3. Select Synchronize PC Time with GPS Time, and then select the time zone of the place
where you are located from the Time zone drop-down list box.
The range of time zone is GMT +12 to GMT -12.
4. Click OK.
NOTE

After synchronizing the time of the GPS with that of the PC, do not modify the system time, otherwise,
the preset time is invalid.

----End

Example

You can enter the Device Manager window by clicking icon on the toolbar of Device
Configure window. You can view the value of COM port of the external device under the
Ports (COM & LPT) node. In a data service test, you can right-click an external device node
under the Modem node in the Device Manager window and then choose Properties from the
shortcut menu. Then, you can view the value of Modem port of the external device on the
Modem tab page

7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Figure 7-2 The example of COM port

Figure 7-3 The example of Modem port

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Follow-up Procedure
You need to connect the external devices in the Probe. For details, see 7.4 Enabling External
Devices.

7.4 Enabling External Devices


Enabling external devices refers to connecting external devices in the Probe so that the Probe
can recognize the configured external devices.

Prerequisite
The external devices are configured. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.

Procedure

Step 1 On the main interface of the Probe, click to open the Device Configure dialog box.

Step 2 Select an added external device.

If ... Then ...

Connect the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, or WiMAX external device Skip to Step 3.

Connect the LTE external device Skip to Step 5.

Step 3 Click , and then check whether the port of the external device is available.

If ... Then ...

The system displays Enable in the State In this case, you can infer that the port is
list of the external device in the Device available.
Configure dialog box.
Perform Step 4.

The system prompts you by displaying a In this case, you can infer that the port is
dialog box. unavailable and cannot be connected properly.
Perform the following steps:
1. Click OK.
The system displays Disconnect in the State
list of the external device in the Device
Configure dialog box.
2. Re-set the port of the external device.
For details, see 13.2 Problems Related to
Device Connections.
3. Perform Step 4.

7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 7 Connecting External Devices

Step 4 Repeat Step 2 to Step 3 until the system displays Enable in the State list of the added external
devices in the Device Configure dialog box.

Step 5 On the main interface of the Probe, click . Then the Probe automatically connects to the
external devices.
The system displays the connection status in the State list of the corresponding external device
in the Device Configure dialog box.
l Searching: indicates that the external device is being connected.
l Disconnect: indicates that the external device is disconnected or the connection is abnormal.
l Connected: indicates that the external device is connected.
Step 6 Check the connection status of the external devices in the system status bar.
For the description of the system status bar, see System Status Bar.

----End

7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected


Selecting the data to be collected refers to the process in which the Probe selectively collects
the data reported by test terminals. In this case, the logfile records only the selected data. For
the data that is frequently read, you can set data sampling intervals. This avoids the receipt of
redundant data and increases the speed of reading data.

Prerequisite
The external devices are configured. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Device Configure, or click the icon on the toolbar.
Step 2 In the Device Configure dialog box, double-click the configured test terminal.
Step 3 Click Filter, and set the relevant parameters.
For detailed description about the parameters, see 12.8 Parameters for Filtering the Original
Data.

CAUTION
When the AMR end-to-end delay test is performed, the calling and called terminals must be
connected to the same Probe. In addition, when configuring the terminals, you must select the
data packets related to the AMR in LogCode in the Filter dialog box.
l For the calling terminal, Ox7143 need to be selected.
l For the called terminal, 0x7144 need to be selected.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
7 Connecting External Devices User Guide

Related References
12.8 Parameters for Filtering the Original Data

7.6 Configuring Device Alarms


The Probe generates alarm in dialog box or voice mode, when the device is unexpectedly
disconnected or the signal strength of the GPS is weak. You can set alarm events or alarm modes
for special situations.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > System Configure. The System Configure dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Click .
Step 3 Set Language to specify the language type of the device alarm.
You can set the language type of the device alarm to Chinese or English.
Step 4 Set the device alarm mode.

If ... Then...

Generating alarms in voice mode Choose Audio Alarm, and select a voice file (.wav
file) in Sound.

Generating alarms in dialog box mode Choose Visual Alarm.

Step 5 Click OK.

----End

Related References
12.16 Parameters for Configuring the Device Alarm

7-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

8 Collecting Data

About This Chapter

The Probe collects the air interface test data through the test terminal and other external devices
and records test data in logfiles. Before collecting the data, make sure that a computer installed
with the Probe, the test terminal, the scanner, and the GPS are available and the dongle must be
plugged in. You can also import engineering parameters for different network systems and map
files, which helps to provide a vivid view of test data.

Context
You can start the data analysis through operations on the menu bar, toolbar, tabs in navigation
pane, or view windows. This section describes the most commonly used methods on how to
collect data by using the Probe.

CAUTION
When you use the Probe to collect data, the dongle must be always connected to the USB port
on the PC. Otherwise, the Probe cannot be used to collect data.
You can choose Help > Check License to check whether the dongle is plugged in properly.

8.1 Data Collection Process


The data collection function of the Probe is responsible for collection of the test data on the
wireless air interface.
8.2 Preparations Before Data Collection
Before data collection, you need to have the following items ready: Probe of the latest version,
external devices and auxiliary equipment for the test. In addition, you need to ensure that the
external devices are running properly.
8.3 Creating a Project
All operations on the Probe are based on the project. Therefore, before the data collection or
data analysis, you need to create a project or open an existing project.
8.4 Designing Test Plans

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

A test plan is a customized test task that consists of test items provided by the Probe. You can
configure different test items for the MS or the scanner based on the actual situation to guide
various data service tests and voice service tests during the drive test.
8.5 Performing a Test Plan
Performing a test plan refers to performing the configured test items of the MS or scanner through
the Probe to collect test data. You can use the Probe to perform indoor tests and outdoor tests.
Before performing a test plan, ensure that external devices are properly connected and test plans
are assigned for the scanner or MS. After the test plan is started, the system carries out the plan
and records the test data. You can monitor the test process in real time during the test.

8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

8.1 Data Collection Process


The data collection function of the Probe is responsible for collection of the test data on the
wireless air interface.

Table 8-1 shows the procedure for data collection on the Probe.

Table 8-1 Data collection procedure

Proce Operation Description


dure

1 Preparations Before Data Make preparations for the data collection to


Collection improve the data collection efficiency.

2 Connecting External Devices Connect the external devices used for the data
collection to the test PC and then configure the
relevant parameters on the Probe.

3 Creating a Project Create a project for data collection. You can also
import the map or relevant engineering
parameters to the project to facilitate data
observation.

5 Designing a Test Plan Design the test plan for the test terminal or
scanner to test the voice service or data service.

6 Performing a Test Plan Start a test plan and record a logfile.

7 Browsing Data in Real Time During the test, you can view the test data in real
time in the view window.

8.2 Preparations Before Data Collection


Before data collection, you need to have the following items ready: Probe of the latest version,
external devices and auxiliary equipment for the test. In addition, you need to ensure that the
external devices are running properly.

It is recommended that you perform the following operations before the drive test:

l Determine the test objective and test area, plan the test route, and update the base station
information to improve the data collection efficiency.
l Have the engineering parameter table and map for the drive test ready.
– For the engineering parameters supported by the Probe, see 6.1 Engineering
Parameters Supported in Different Network Systems.
– For the maps supported by the Probe, see 5.1 Basic Concepts About Maps.
l Have the Probe and GENEX Shared components of the latest version ready.
l Have the relevant hardware and software ready.
– A PC installed with the Probe and GENEX Shared components is available.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

– The dongle and the corresponding driver are available.


– External devices and the corresponding auxiliary equipment and their drivers used for
the drive test are available. Ensure that the external devices run properly.
Table 8-2 describes the requirements for the external devices.

Table 8-2 Requirements for the external devices

Configu Configuration Requirement Auxiliary Equipment


ration
Item

GPS For the GPS supported by the Probe, see External antenna
GPS.

Scanner For the scanner supported by the Probe, see Vehicle-mounted DC/
Scanner. AC converter, external
antenna, and so on

Test For the test MS and PC card supported by Spare battery, charger,
terminal the Probe, see Test Terminal. data cable, and so on

NOTE

During the drive test, ensure that the power supply of the connected devices is sufficient.

8.3 Creating a Project


All operations on the Probe are based on the project. Therefore, before the data collection or
data analysis, you need to create a project or open an existing project.

Context
Upon the startup of the Probe, an empty project is created automatically by default. You can
perform subsequent operations for this default project.

The Probe can display only one project at a time. To open another project, you need to close the
current project.

Procedure

Step 1 In the navigation pane, expand the Project tab and then click the icon.

Step 2 Choose a project template.


l Empty Project: creates an empty project.
l GSM View Template: project template used in GSM tests provided by the Probe.
l WCDMA View Template: project template used in WCDMA tests provided by the Probe.
l WiMAX Beceem View Template: project template used in WiMAX Beceem tests provided
by the Probe.
l LTE View Template: project template used in LTE tests provided by the Probe.

8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

After a template is selected, the system automatically names the new project Untitled.

NOTE
You can open an existing project through the Project tab in the navigation pane.

Step 3 Configure the related parameters.

For example, configure data related to external devices, make test plan, or specify other system
settings.

Step 4 Optional: Save the current project as required.

If you need to ... Then ...

Directly save the current project Choose Project > Save.

Rename and then save the current project Choose Project > Save As.

The folders provided by the Probe for saving project files are under the following path: software
installation path\Projects. The following folders are contained:

l Site Verification
Saves the project files for single-site verification tests.
l Optimize
Saves the project files for optimization tests.
l Benchmark
Saves the project files for benchmark tests.
l Acceptance
Saves the project files for acceptance tests.
l Customize
Saves the customized project files.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
You can close or delete a project by choosing Project, clicking the corresponding icon on the
toolbar, or clicking the corresponding icon under the Project tab in the navigation pane on the
main interface. For details about the main interface of the Probe, see 2.3 Main Interface of the
Probe.

8.4 Designing Test Plans


A test plan is a customized test task that consists of test items provided by the Probe. You can
configure different test items for the MS or the scanner based on the actual situation to guide
various data service tests and voice service tests during the drive test.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

Context
Ensure that the MS is properly connected and the related parameters are set. For details about
how to configure the MS, see 7 Connecting External Devices.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose ConfigurationTest Plan Control, or click on the Configuration tab page in the
navigation pane to open the Test Plan Control window.

Step 2 Click Click here to config in the left pane to add a test item, and then configure the properties
of the added test item on the Config tab in the right pane.

For the description of test items and related properties, see 14.1 Description of Test Items.

CAUTION
l To perform a data service test, such as the Ping, FTP, HTTP, WAP, Video Streaming, or
Email test, you must configure the Dial Up test item before configuring the test item required
by the data service.
l To perform a speech quality evaluation test, you need to configure the test item according to
the following situations:
l To perform a synchronous speech quality evaluation test, you need to configure the
Sync SQE(MS-MS) test item for the calling PHU terminal.
l To perform an asynchronous speech quality evaluation test, you need to configure the
Sync SQE(MS-MS) test item for the two PHU terminals.
l To perform a speech quality evaluation test between an MS and the PSTN SQE
Server, you need to configure the SQE (MS-PSTN) test item for the PHU terminal that
is configured for the Probe and configure the SQE test item for the PSTN SQE Server.

Step 3 Repeat Step 2 to add multiple test items.

If the added test item need to be performed cyclically, you need to add the Loop Start test item.
After the Loop Start test item is added, the Probe adds the Loop End test item automatically,
which indicates that the test items between Loop Start and Loop End are performed cyclically.

Step 4 Optional: Adjust the execution sequence of the test items.


1. Select a test item whose execution sequence you want to adjust.

2. Click or to move the test item up or down.

Step 5 Set whether to perform the added test item in Enable.

Clicking Yes indicates that this test item is performed. Clicking No indicates that this test item
is not performed.

Step 6 Optional: Click to save the configured test plan.

----End

8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

Follow-up Procedure

You can also click to delete unnecessary test items.

Related References
12.1 Interface Description: Test Plan Control Window
12.9 Parameters for Configuring the Test Items
14.1 Description of Test Items

8.5 Performing a Test Plan


Performing a test plan refers to performing the configured test items of the MS or scanner through
the Probe to collect test data. You can use the Probe to perform indoor tests and outdoor tests.
Before performing a test plan, ensure that external devices are properly connected and test plans
are assigned for the scanner or MS. After the test plan is started, the system carries out the plan
and records the test data. You can monitor the test process in real time during the test.

Context

CAUTION
Before performing the test plan, disable the call waiting function of the test terminal.

8.5.1 Setting the APN (GSM/WCDMA)


The APN represents the name of an external network that is connected through packet switched
(PS) domain. The APN is used for initializing the modem port of the MS before a data service
test is performed. Therefore, the APN must be set before a data service test is performed.
8.5.2 Performing an Indoor Test
The indoor test is performed to test the quality of radio signals inside buildings. Indoor tests are
classified into horizontal tests and vertical tests. The GPS is not required for locating the test
route indoors. Therefore, the manual dot trace is used for indoor tests. Before performing an
indoor test, you do not need to connect the GPS to the PC.
8.5.3 Performing an Outdoor Test
An outdoor test is performed to test the quality of radio signals outside buildings. In an outdoor
test, the GPS is required to locate the test route. Therefore, you need to connect the GPS to the
PC before an outdoor test.
8.5.4 Monitoring the Test
You can check the progress and status of the test items and test plans during the test or the test
replay. This enables you to observe and analyze the test procedure.
8.5.5 Stopping Test Plans
If a test plan is complete or you are about to leave the test car for a long period, you need to stop
the test plan and disconnect the external devices.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

8.5.1 Setting the APN (GSM/WCDMA)


The APN represents the name of an external network that is connected through packet switched
(PS) domain. The APN is used for initializing the modem port of the MS before a data service
test is performed. Therefore, the APN must be set before a data service test is performed.

Prerequisite
The MS is connected and can be recognized by the Probe. For details, see 7.4 Enabling External
Devices.

Context
The APN can be set by using any of the following methods:
l Setting the APN in the operating system
l Setting the APN in the MS
l Setting the APN in the Probe
NOTE

Among the three APN setting methods, settings in the operating system are of the highest priority and
settings in the Probe are of the lowest priority. That is, if an APN is set in the operating system and in the
Probe, settings in the operating system take effect.
Likewise, the maximum uplink and downlink rates set in the operating system have higher priorities than
those set in the Probe. If the APN or the maximum uplink and downlink rates do not work during the test,
check whether they are set in the operating system. If they are not set, the Probe initialize the modem based
on the latest successful setting.

Procedure
l Set the APN in the operating system.
1. Right-click My Computer and choose Properties to open the System Properties
dialog box.
2. On the Hardware tab page, click Device Manager to open the Device Manager
dialog box.
3. Expand the Modem node and then double-click the modem to be set.
4. Choose Advanced in the displayed Modem dialog box. Enter the initialized command
in the Extra Initialized Command field.
The format of the initialized command is at+cgdcont=1,"ip","APN".
Here, APN is the access point name. For example, the APN of China Mobile is
cmwap or cmnet.
5. Click OK.
l Set the APN in the MS.
For details about how to set the APN in the MS, see the user guide of the corresponding
MS.
l Set the APN in the Probe.
In the Probe, to set the APN when configuring the properties of the Dial Up test item,
perform the following steps:

1. On the Probe main interface, click icon to open the Test Plan Control dialog box.

8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

2. Click Click here to config and choose the Dial Up test item.
3. Set the PDP APN property of the Dial Up test item.

----End

8.5.2 Performing an Indoor Test


The indoor test is performed to test the quality of radio signals inside buildings. Indoor tests are
classified into horizontal tests and vertical tests. The GPS is not required for locating the test
route indoors. Therefore, the manual dot trace is used for indoor tests. Before performing an
indoor test, you do not need to connect the GPS to the PC.

Context
In horizontal tests, fixed points are selected according to the floor plan of a building. You can
perform a horizontal test according to a predefined test route or according to the test route
controlled manually. In vertical tests, the signal distribution in the vertical direction between
floors is tested.

Procedure
Step 1 On the View tab page in the navigation pane, double-click IndoorMap. The IndoorMap
window is displayed.

Step 2 Optional: Click to open the indoor test map.

Step 3 Right-click on the map area and choose a type of indoor tests from the shortcut menu.

CAUTION
The automatic horizontal type and manual horizontal type can be selected only when the external
devices are disconnected from the PC. The vertical type can be chosen only when the external
devices are connected to the PC.
l To perform a horizontal test, you need to set the test type to the indoor test, connect external
devices to the PC, and then perform subsequent operations.
l To perform a vertical test, you need to connect external devices to the PC before setting the
test type to the indoor test.

If you need to... Then...

Start an automatic horizontal test 1. Choose Walking Test > Automatic from the
shortcut menu.

2. Click to draw the test route.


3. Perform Step 4 through Step 5.
During the test, press the Spacebar. The test data that
is already collected is displayed on the map.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

If you need to... Then...

Start a manual horizontal test 1. Choose Walking Test > Manual from the shortcut
menu.
2. Perform Step 4 through Step 5.
3. On the toolbar of the IndoorMap window, click
to draw the test route manually.

Start a vertical test 1. Choose Vertical Test from the shortcut menu. The
Floor dialog box is displayed.
2. In the displayed Floor dialog box, click Setting. The
Floor Setting dialog box is displayed.
3. In the Floor Setting displayed dialog box, specify
Min floor, Max floor, and Invalid floor.
4. Click OK to switch to the Floor dialog box.
5. Perform Step 4 through Step 5.
6. In the Floor dialog box, click or to draw a test
route.

Step 4 On the main interface of the Probe, click to start the test plan.

The Probe automatically displays a message for you to select whether to record logfiles. The
default naming convention of a logfile is Probe_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gen.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS indicates the current PC time, which is precise to seconds, such as
Probe_20100906135414.gen.

Step 5 Optional: View the test data.


For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

----End

8.5.3 Performing an Outdoor Test


An outdoor test is performed to test the quality of radio signals outside buildings. In an outdoor
test, the GPS is required to locate the test route. Therefore, you need to connect the GPS to the
PC before an outdoor test.

Prerequisite
The external devices are configured. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.

Procedure

Step 1 Click on the toolbar to start the test plan.

The Probe automatically displays a message for you to select whether to record logfiles. The
default naming convention of a logfile is Probe_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gen.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS indicates the current PC time, which is precise to seconds, such as
Probe_20100906135414.gen.

8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 8 Collecting Data

NOTE

After the test plan is started, the Probe automatically saves a .tab file of which the name is same as the
recorded logfile. The .tab file is used to store GPS information. You can set the attributes of the .tab file
in the Route File Setting area in Other Settings of the System Configure dialog box. For details about
the parameters, see 12.18 Parameter for Other System Settings.

Step 2 Optional: View the test data.


For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

----End

8.5.4 Monitoring the Test


You can check the progress and status of the test items and test plans during the test or the test
replay. This enables you to observe and analyze the test procedure.

Procedure

Step 1 Click the icon on the toolbar. The Test Plan Control window is displayed.
For details about the parameters in the Test Plan Control window, see 12.10 Parameters for
Monitoring the Test.
Step 2 Monitor the test.

If ... Then ...

You need to check the status of test items. Check the information about the test item
progress at the bottom of the Test Plan
Control window.

You need to check the statistics of test Check the information listed on the Statistic tab
plans. page in the Test Plan Control window.

Step 3 Check the color of the device status indicator in the system status bar to monitor the connection
status of the external devices.
For details about the status bar, see System Status Bar.

NOTE

If an external device is disconnected or the connection is abnormal and the connection cannot be enabled
within 10 seconds, it is recommended that you stop the test, re-connect the external devices, and find and
record the fault causes.

----End

Related References
12.10 Parameters for Monitoring the Test

8.5.5 Stopping Test Plans


If a test plan is complete or you are about to leave the test car for a long period, you need to stop
the test plan and disconnect the external devices.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
8 Collecting Data User Guide

Context
Before stopping a test, you need to terminate the call or disconnect the data service of the MS,
stop the test plans, stop recording logfiles, and finally disconnect the external devices. In this
way, the integrity of the recorded data is guaranteed.

Procedure
Step 1 Disconnect the voice or data service interaction with the test terminal.

Step 2 Stop the test plan by clicking on the toolbar.

Step 3 Stop the logfile recording by clicking on the toolbar.

Step 4 Disconnect the external devices by clicking on the toolbar.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After a test plan is stopped, save the logfile properly to avoid data loss.

8-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 9 Managing Logfiles

9 Managing Logfiles

About This Chapter

During tests, test data is saved in .gen files that are called logfiles. This chapter describes how
to record, replay, segment, and export logfiles.

9.1 Recording Logfiles


The logfile recorded during a test is used for replaying the test process or import the related data
into the GENEX Assistant for further analysis. If the logfile recording is performed for an
outdoor test, the Probe will automatically save a .tab file with the same name of the recorded
logfile to store the GPS information.
9.2 Segmenting Logfiles
You can segment logfiles as required. You can record logfiles of different sizes or different
periods in different files for better management. The Probe supports automatic logfile
segmentation and manual logfile segmentation. Automatic logfile segmentation had better be
performed before the logfile is recorded, and manual logfile segmentation should be performed
when the logfile is recorded.
9.3 Replaying Logfiles
The purpose of replaying logfile is to reproduce the drive test process. Replay logfile does not
require the dongle. Before replaying logfile, you can preview the drive test route and the key
events in the map window. During a replay, you can adjust the replay rate and specify the start
point for the replay. You can open only one logfile at a time.
9.4 Exporting Logfiles
This describes how to export logfiles. You can convert a logfile to a binary file, .txt file containing
separators, or an MDM file and convert a PHU file to a logfile for future analysis.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
9 Managing Logfiles User Guide

9.1 Recording Logfiles


The logfile recorded during a test is used for replaying the test process or import the related data
into the GENEX Assistant for further analysis. If the logfile recording is performed for an
outdoor test, the Probe will automatically save a .tab file with the same name of the recorded
logfile to store the GPS information.

Prerequisite
The external devices are configured. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.

Context
l The Probe supports the logfile segmenting, including the automatic segmenting and manual
segmenting. For details, see 9.2 Segmenting Logfiles.
l The Probe supports the recording of geographic information about the test location in texts
and automatically saves the information in logfiles for further analysis and problem
location. The geographic information includes the features of buildings and interference
source. This type of text is called filemark.

Procedure

Step 1 Click to record a logfile.


You can specify the save path and logfile name as prompted.
l The default save path is the same as the setting in the Logfile Setting area on the Other
Settings tab page in the System Configure dialog box.
It is recommended that logfiles are not saved in the system installation disk.
l The default naming convention of a logfile is Probe_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gen.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS indicates the current PC time, which is precise to seconds, such as
Probe_20100906135414.gen.
Logfile names must be easy to understand. For example, a logfile can be named as
Probe_20100906135414_FTPDownload.gen.
NOTE

You can also enable the Probe to record logfiles when the test plan is executed. In this case, the Probe
records data of the test terminal in the service state. However, in the case specified in Step 1, the Probe
records data of the test terminal in the idle state.

Step 2 Optional: Insert a filemark.


1. Click .
2. Type the filemark in the Filemark dialog box.
The length of the filemark cannot exceed 30 Chinese characters.
3. Click OK.
The Probe automatically saves the typed filemark, including the information about the
current time and longitude and altitude of current geographic location, in the logfiles.

----End

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 9 Managing Logfiles

9.2 Segmenting Logfiles


You can segment logfiles as required. You can record logfiles of different sizes or different
periods in different files for better management. The Probe supports automatic logfile
segmentation and manual logfile segmentation. Automatic logfile segmentation had better be
performed before the logfile is recorded, and manual logfile segmentation should be performed
when the logfile is recorded.

Procedure
l Automatically segment logfiles.

It is recommended that the logfile size be equal to or more than 10 MB.

NOTE

If a logfile records more than 1048064 data packages, the logfile size is invalid, and the system
automatically segments the logfile.
1. Choose Configuration > System Configure. The System Configure dialog box is
displayed.

2. Click .
3. Set the relevant parameters in the Logfile Setting area.

For details about the parameters, see 12.18 Parameter for Other System Settings.
4. Click OK.
l Manually segment logfiles.

Click . Then, the system closes the logfile being recorded and creates a logfile
automatically.

The new logfile is automatically stored to the path where the previous logfile is stored. The
new logfile is named as name of the file before being segmented_N. The value of N is equal
to or greater than 1, indicating the number of segmentation times.

----End

9.3 Replaying Logfiles


The purpose of replaying logfile is to reproduce the drive test process. Replay logfile does not
require the dongle. Before replaying logfile, you can preview the drive test route and the key
events in the map window. During a replay, you can adjust the replay rate and specify the start
point for the replay. You can open only one logfile at a time.

Prerequisite
l The ongoing test is stopped and the external devices are disconnected.
l If you want to preview the drive test route before the replay, the logfile storing the test route
must be available.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
9 Managing Logfiles User Guide

l If you want to preview key events before the replay, the open logfile must contain the
information about key events, and you must set the display mode of the events on the map
in the System Configure dialog box.

Context
The replay rate supported by the Probe ranges from 1/8 to 32 times of the test rate.

Currently, you can preview only the key events and the drive test route that are in the outdoor
test data.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Logfile > Open Logfile or click on the replay toolbar.

Step 2 Select a logfile in .gen format. Then, click Open.


l Preview Route in Map indicates that you can preview the drive test route in the
OutdoorMap window. If you also select Clear Historical Info, the Probe will clear the test
route in the logfile that is last imported.
l Preview Event in Map indicates that you can preview the key events route in the
OutdoorMap window.
NOTE

You can also select both Preview Route in Map and Preview Event in Map to preview the drive test
route and the key events in the OutdoorMap window.

Step 3 Optional: Search for an event in the logfile and find the location where the event occurs.

1. On the Probe main interface, click . The Find Event dialog box is displayed.
2. Select a device from the Device drop-down list box and select an event to be searched for
from the Event drop-down list box.
3. Click Search.

The Probe displays the search result in the Search Result area. If no information is
displayed, you can infer that the logfile does not contain this event.

NOTE

The Probe supports the searching of the filemark event so that the filemark area can be located for
users to analyze the coverage status of the radio network.
4. In the Search Result area, select the event that you want to locate on the map.
5. Click Find.

The Probe marks the location where the event occurs with in the OutdoorMap window.

Step 4 Start the replay.

Choose Logfile > Play or click on the replay toolbar.

Step 5 Optional: Browse the test data.


For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

----End

9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 9 Managing Logfiles

Follow-up Procedure
You can click the corresponding icons on the replay toolbar to control the replay progress. For
details, see Replay Toolbar.

9.4 Exporting Logfiles


This describes how to export logfiles. You can convert a logfile to a binary file, .txt file containing
separators, or an MDM file and convert a PHU file to a logfile for future analysis.

Prerequisite
l The ongoing test is stopped and the external devices are disconnected.
For details, see 8.5.5 Stopping Test Plans.
l The ongoing replay is stopped and the logfile is closed.
The procedure is as follows:

1. Click on the replay toolbar to stop a replay.


2. Choose Logfile > Close Logfile to close the logfile.

Context
l A logfile can be converted to the file in the following formats:
– Bin: indicates the binary file.
The extension is .gen. The binary file can be directly imported to the Probe.
– CSV: indicates the .txt file containing separators.
The extension is .csv. In the exported .txt file, the test data is separated by separators
such as the comma, semicolon, or colon.
– MDM: indicates the Qualcomm file.
The extension is .dlf. The logfile must contain the test data of the Qualcomm test
terminal.
l The PHU file contains the data collected by the PHU MS. The extension is .phu.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Logfile > Export Data. The wizard for exporting the test data is displayed.

If you need to ... Then ...

Convert a logfile to a binary file Select Bin.


l To export multiple logfiles as a binary file,
select Multi-f.
l To export a logfile as a binary file, clear Multi-
f.

Convert a logfile to a .txt file containing Select Csv.


separators

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
9 Managing Logfiles User Guide

If you need to ... Then ...

Convert the messages and events in the Select Csv (Messages_Events).


Logfile to a .txt file containing
separators

Convert a logfile to a Qualcomm file Select MDM.

Convert a PHU file (.phu file) to a logfile Select PHU.


(.gen file)

Step 2 Click Next to set corresponding parameters.


For details about parameters, see 12.25 Parameters for Exporting the Data.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 until Next in the dialog box is changed to Start.
Step 4 Click Start and wait for data conversion.
Step 5 In the displayed prompt box, click corresponding buttons to complete the data conversion.

If you need to ... Then ...

Continue to export data Click Yes.

Exit the wizard for exporting data Click No.

----End

Related References
12.25 Parameters for Exporting the Data
12.26 Parameters for Configuring the Data Export Format of the Scanner

9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 10 Managing View Windows

10 Managing View Windows

About This Chapter

This section describes how to view data in view windows and how to configure properties of
view windows. View windows are key windows of the Probe. You can view IEs, events, Layer
2 or Layer 3 messages, and statistical values of indicators in view windows.

10.1 Presentation of IEs and Events


IEs and events are displayed in the Event List window and other IE views of the Probe. In
addition, IEs and events can be presented as symbols and audio signals.
10.2 Browsing Data
The view window is used to display test data. During a test or a replay, you can open the view
window to browse data in the view as required.
10.3 Configuring the View Window
You can customize the view window before a test or a replay. You can also modify the
configuration of the view window during a test or a replay. The configuration of the view window
is temporary and is not saved in projects.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
10 Managing View Windows User Guide

10.1 Presentation of IEs and Events


IEs and events are displayed in the Event List window and other IE views of the Probe. In
addition, IEs and events can be presented as symbols and audio signals.
IEs and events can be presented as:
l Symbols on a map
For details, see 12.15 Parameters for Setting the Predefined Event.
l Symbols and vertical lines in line charts
For details, see 12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View.
l Audio signals
For details, see 12.17 Parameters for Setting IE Audio Indications and 12.15
Parameters for Setting the Predefined Event.

10.2 Browsing Data


The view window is used to display test data. During a test or a replay, you can open the view
window to browse data in the view as required.

Prerequisite
l If you want to browsing data in a view during a test, ensure that external devices are
connected and can be recognized by the Probe so that the open view window can display
data.
For details, see 7.4 Enabling External Devices.
l If you want to browse data in a view during a replay, ensure that the replay is ongoing so
that the open view window can display data.
For details, see 9.3 Replaying Logfiles.

Context
The views provided by the Probe consist of the air interface parameter view, data service view,
signaling view, event list view, event statistics view, map view, KPI statistics view, scanner
view, GPS view, line chart view, and information view.
In the Probe, the views are displayed in chart, list, plain text, line chart mode or in chart-and-list
mixed mode. For the description of the view window, see 12.5 Interface Description: Test
Data View.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose View or click the View tab in the navigation pane to display a view window. Then,
browse data in the view window.
Step 2 Optional: Configure the properties of the view window as required.
For details, see 10.3 Configuring the View Window.

----End

10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 10 Managing View Windows

Related References
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View
12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View

10.3 Configuring the View Window


You can customize the view window before a test or a replay. You can also modify the
configuration of the view window during a test or a replay. The configuration of the view window
is temporary and is not saved in projects.

10.3.1 Configuring the Line Chart View


The line chart view can display the changes of IEs over time. You can configure two charts in
the line chart view to facilitate the comparison between IEs.
10.3.2 Configuring the List View
The list view displays test data in tables. You can configure the properties of the list view as
required to facilitate data browse and data analysis.
10.3.3 Configuring the Chart View
The chart view displays test data in charts. You can configure the properties of the chart view
as required to facilitate data browse and data analysis.
10.3.4 Configuring the Plain Text View
The plain test view displays the basic information about the logfile and the events and statistics
in the logfile in plain texts. You can configure the properties of the plain text view as required
to facilitate data browse and data analysis.

10.3.1 Configuring the Line Chart View


The line chart view can display the changes of IEs over time. You can configure two charts in
the line chart view to facilitate the comparison between IEs.

Context
For the description of the line chart view, see 12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose View > Custom Line Chart.

Step 2 Right-click any area in the Custom Line Chart dialog box, and then choose Properties from
the shortcut menu.
l The Color shortcut menu item is used to configure the color properties of the line chart view.
l The Time shortcut menu item is used to set the amount of that is allowed to be displayed in
the current line chart.
By default, the data within 60 seconds can be displayed. The data within 3600 seconds can
be displayed at most.

Step 3 In the Set Chart Properties dialog box, select the chart to be configured, and then click Edit.

Step 4 In the displayed dialog box, set relevant parameters.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
10 Managing View Windows User Guide

For the description of the parameters, see Parameter of the Modify Chart Properties dialog
box.
Step 5 Click OK. The Set Chart Properties dialog box is displayed.
Step 6 Repeat Step 3 through Step 5 until all the required chart properties are configured.
Step 7 In the Set Chart Properties dialog box, click OK.

----End

Related References
12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View
12.20 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the Line Chart View

10.3.2 Configuring the List View


The list view displays test data in tables. You can configure the properties of the list view as
required to facilitate data browse and data analysis.

Prerequisite
The view window to be configured is displayed. For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

Context
For the description of the view window, see 12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View.

Procedure
Step 1 Right-click any area in the list view, and then choose Custom from the shortcut menu. The
ListView Custom Properties dialog box is displayed.
l The Device shortcut menu item is used to display the parameters of different devices.
If no device is added to the current system, the Device shortcut menu item does not provide
any options.
l The SetTitle shortcut menu item is used to change the title of the current list view.
Step 2 Click the Mode tab and Cell Contents tab. Then configure the layout and appearance of the
view window.
For the description of the parameters, see 12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties
of the List Views.
TIP

Select an IE, and then click Edit. Alternatively, double-click an IE. In the IE Information dialog box,
configure IE-related information.

Step 3 After the configuration, click OK.

----End

Related References
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View
12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the List Views

10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 10 Managing View Windows

10.3.3 Configuring the Chart View


The chart view displays test data in charts. You can configure the properties of the chart view
as required to facilitate data browse and data analysis.

Prerequisite
The view window to be configured is displayed. For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

Context
For the description of the view window, see 12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View.

Procedure
Step 1 Right-click any area in the chart view, and then choose Custom from the shortcut menu. The
ChartView Custom Properties dialog box is displayed.
l The Legend shortcut menu item is used to display the legend of the current chart view.
l The Color shortcut menu item is used to configure the legend properties of the current chart
view.
Step 2 Click the Chart General tab, and then set relevant parameters.
Step 3 After the configuration, click OK.

----End

Related References
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View
12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the List Views

10.3.4 Configuring the Plain Text View


The plain test view displays the basic information about the logfile and the events and statistics
in the logfile in plain texts. You can configure the properties of the plain text view as required
to facilitate data browse and data analysis.

Prerequisite
The view window to be configured is displayed. For details, see 10.2 Browsing Data.

Context
For the description of the view window, see 12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View.
The plain text views provided by the Probe consist of the information view, event list view, and
statistics view. They are used to display the basic information about the logfile, the event
information, and the statistics of events and KPIs in the logfile.

Procedure
l Configure the properties of the event list view and the statistics view.
1. Right-click any area in the view, and then choose Event Filter or KPI Filter from
the shortcut menu.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
10 Managing View Windows User Guide

The list in the left pane of the event list view or the statistics view displays the events
or KPIs provided by the Probe.
2. From the list in the left pane of the view, select the event or KPI to be displayed.
3. Optional: During the test or replay, right-click any area in the view, and then choose
Clear List from the shortcut menu. The displayed events or KPIs are cleared.
l Configure the properties of the information view.
1. Choose View > Information. The Information view window is displayed.
NOTE

l The Log File tab page displays the information related to logfiles.
l The FTP Info tab page displays the information related to FTP upload or download.
l The PHU Info tab page displays the version of the PHU terminal.
You can check the version of the PHU terminal during terminal connecting or data
replaying. When the Probe can not get the version of the PHU terminal, the Unknown
Version will be displayed.
l The IE Audio Indications Info tab page displays the Information Elements (IEs) which
played audio indications.
2. Right-click any area in the Information view window, and then choose Font from
the shortcut menu. Then, configure the fonts of the texts in the view window.
The Copy menu item is used to copy the texts in the view window to the clipboard of
the Windows. Then, the texts can be pasted to other documents conveniently.
----End

Related References
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View

10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

11 Typical Application

About This Chapter

This section describes typical test methods supported by the Probe.

11.1 Speech Quality Evaluation Tests (GSM/WCDMA)


The voice service is a basic radio network service. The Probe supports speech quality evaluation
tests. The Probe uses the Perceptual Evaluation of Speech Quality (PESQ) algorithm to evaluate
the speech quality by comparing the speech sample file and the speech result file.
11.2 Forcing Function Tests
The Probe supports forcing function tests in GSM, WCDMA, and LTE modes. The forcing
function test involves the setting of the GSM NV (Nonvolatile) parameter, carrier-to-adjacent
(C/A) measurement, forcing feature test, and frequency scanning.
11.3 IP Analysis
The Probe obtains the raw data packets of data service tests through the WinPcap tool and then
obtains the information about the transport layer protocols and the network layer protocols
through the IP analysis.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

11.1 Speech Quality Evaluation Tests (GSM/WCDMA)


The voice service is a basic radio network service. The Probe supports speech quality evaluation
tests. The Probe uses the Perceptual Evaluation of Speech Quality (PESQ) algorithm to evaluate
the speech quality by comparing the speech sample file and the speech result file.

11.1.1 Synchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test


This section describes the synchronous speech quality evaluation test. One Probe is connected
with two PHU terminals and performs the synchronous speech quality evaluation test by enabling
the calling PHU terminal to play speech sample and the called PHU terminal to record result
file so that the MOS is obtained.
11.1.2 Asynchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test
This section describes the asynchronous speech quality evaluation test. Two PHU terminals that
are configured for different Probes call each other. The Probes perform the asynchronous speech
quality evaluation test by enabling the PHU terminals to play and record speech files alternatively
so that the MOS is obtained.
11.1.3 Speech Quality Evaluation Test Between PHU Terminal and PSTN SQE Server
This section describes the speech quality evaluation test between an MS and the PSTN SQE
Server. The Probe is configured with a PHU terminal and performs the speech quality evaluation
test between an MS and the PSTN SQE Server by enabling the PHU terminal to play voices and
the PSTN SQE Server to record voices or enabling the PSTN SQE Server to play voices and the
PHU terminal to record voices so that the uplink or downlink MOS is obtained.

11.1.1 Synchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test


This section describes the synchronous speech quality evaluation test. One Probe is connected
with two PHU terminals and performs the synchronous speech quality evaluation test by enabling
the calling PHU terminal to play speech sample and the called PHU terminal to record result
file so that the MOS is obtained.

Prerequisite
The Probe is configured with two terminals installed with the PHU of
V100R002C01B010SPC120 or a later version.

Context
The PHU terminals supported by the Probe are Huawei U120e, Huawei U1205, Huawei U1251,
and Huawei U6100.

Procedure
Step 1 Design the test plan.
Only the test plan for the calling PHU terminal need to be designed.

1. Click the icon on the Configuration tab page of the navigation pane to open the Test
Plan Control window.
2. On the left pane of the window, click Click here to config to add the Sync SQE(MS-
MS) test item, and then set the properties of this test item on the Config tab page.

11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

For details about the properties of the Sync SQE(MS-MS) test item, see Sync SQE(MS-
MS) (GSM/WCDMA).

Step 2 Perform the test plan.

1. Click the icon to start the logfile recording.

2. Click the icon to start the test plan.

Step 3 View the test data.


Choose View > MOS > Speech Quality Evaluation to view the IEs of the speech quality
evaluation.

Step 4 Optional: End the test plan.


If the test is complete or you are carrying the PHU terminal far away from the test vehicle for a
long time, the test plan needs to be stopped.

1. Click on the toolbar to stop the test plan.

2. Click on the toolbar to stop the logfile recording.

3. Click on the toolbar to disconnect the PHU terminals from the Probe.

----End

11.1.2 Asynchronous Speech Quality Evaluation Test


This section describes the asynchronous speech quality evaluation test. Two PHU terminals that
are configured for different Probes call each other. The Probes perform the asynchronous speech
quality evaluation test by enabling the PHU terminals to play and record speech files alternatively
so that the MOS is obtained.

Prerequisite
1. The Probe is installed on two PCs.
2. The terminals installed with the same PHU version are configured for the two Probes
separately.
The PHU version is V100R002C01B010SPC120 or a later version.
3. The PHU terminals quit from the PHU running mode.

Context
The PHU terminals supported by the Probe are Huawei U120e, Huawei U1205, Huawei U1251,
and Huawei U6100.

Procedure
Step 1 Design the test plan.
When designing the test plan, you need to design the test plan for the calling PHU terminal
before designing the test plan for the called PHU terminal.

1. Click the icon on the Configuration tab page of the navigation pane to open the Test
Plan Control window.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

2. On the left pane of the window, click Click here to config to add the Async SQE(MS-
MS) test item, and then set the properties of this test item on the Config tab page.
For details about the properties of the Async SQE(MS-MS) test item, see Async SQE(MS-
MS) (GSM/WCDMA).
Step 2 Perform the test plan.
When performing the test plan, you need to perform the test plan of the called PHU terminal
before performing the test plan of the calling PHU terminal.

1. Click the icon to record the data in a logfile.

2. Click the icon to start the test plan.


Step 3 View the test data.
In the two Probes, choose View > MOS > Speech Quality Evaluation to view the IEs of the
speech quality evaluation.
Step 4 Optional: End the test plan.
If the test is complete or you are carrying the PHU terminal far away from the test vehicle for a
long time, the test plan needs to be stopped. Note that you need to stop the test plan of the calling
PHU terminal first.

1. Click on the toolbar to stop the test plan.

2. Click on the toolbar to stop the logfile recording.

3. Click on the toolbar to disconnect the PHU terminals from the Probe.

----End

11.1.3 Speech Quality Evaluation Test Between PHU Terminal and


PSTN SQE Server
This section describes the speech quality evaluation test between an MS and the PSTN SQE
Server. The Probe is configured with a PHU terminal and performs the speech quality evaluation
test between an MS and the PSTN SQE Server by enabling the PHU terminal to play voices and
the PSTN SQE Server to record voices or enabling the PSTN SQE Server to play voices and the
PHU terminal to record voices so that the uplink or downlink MOS is obtained.

Prerequisite
1. The two PCs are installed with the Probe and the PSTN SQE Server respectively. The
system time of the two PCs is consistent.
2. The Probe is configured with a PHU terminal.
The PHU version is V100R002C01B010SPC120 or a later version.
3. The coloring ring back tone (CRBT) services are disabled for the PHU terminal.

Context
In the case of the uplink speech quality evaluation, the PHU terminal is used as the calling MS
and the PSTN SQE Server is used as the called MS. In the case of downlink speech quality
evaluation, the PSTN SQE Server is used as the calling MS and the PHU terminal is used as the
called MS.

11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

The PHU terminals supported by the Probe are Huawei U120e, Huawei U1205, Huawei U1251,
and Huawei U6100.

Procedure
Step 1 Design the test plan for the PHU terminal on the Probe:

1. Click the icon on the Configuration tab page of the navigation pane to open the Test
Plan Control window.
2. On the left pane of the window, click Click here to config to add the SQE(MS-PSTN)
test item, and then set the properties of this test item on the Config tab page.

For details about the properties of the SQE(MS-PSTN) test item, see SQE(MS-PSTN)
(GSM/WCDMA).

Step 2 Perform the following operations on the PSTN SQE Server:


For details, see 14.5.3 Using PSTN SQE Server.
1. Configure a voice card.
2. Configure a speech channel.
3. Configure the SQE test item.

Step 3 Perform the test plan.


When performing the test plan, you need to perform the test plan of the calling MS before
performing the test plan of the called MS. This section takes the PHU terminal that is used as
the calling MS and the PSTN SQE Server that is used as the called MS as an example.
1. Perform the test plan on the Probe.

a. Click the icon to start the logfile recording.

b. Click the icon to start the test plan.


2. Perform the test plan on the PSTN SQE Server.

Click the icon to start the test plan.

Step 4 View the test data.


l If you perform the uplink speech quality evaluation, choose View > MOS > Speech Quality
Evaluation to view the uplink MOS.
l If you perform the downlink speech quality evaluation, choose View > Speech/TV to view
the downlink MOS.

Step 5 Optional: End the test plan.

If the test is complete or you are carrying the PHU terminal far away from the test vehicle for a
long time, the test plan needs to be stopped. Note that you need to stop the test plan of the PHU
terminal before stopping the test plan of the PSTN SQE Server.

This section takes the PHU terminal that is used as the calling MS and the PSTN SQE Server
that is used as the called MS as an example.

1. End the test plan on the Probe.

a. Click on the toolbar to stop the test plan.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

b. Click on the toolbar to stop the logfile recording.

c. Click on the toolbar to disconnect the PHU terminal from the Probe.
2. End the test plan on the PSTN SQE Server.

Click on the toolbar to stop the test plan.

----End

11.2 Forcing Function Tests


The Probe supports forcing function tests in GSM, WCDMA, and LTE modes. The forcing
function test involves the setting of the GSM NV (Nonvolatile) parameter, carrier-to-adjacent
(C/A) measurement, forcing feature test, and frequency scanning.

11.2.1 Setting the GSM Nonvolatile Parameters


This describes how to use the GSM test terminal to set Nonvolatile parameters, thus enabling
the terminal to attach to the GPRS or EDGE.
11.2.2 Conducting GSM C/A Measurements
This describes how to conduct the GSM C/A measurement. The C/A measurement is used to
check whether the planning of the radio network frequency is reasonable and whether the
adjacent-channel interference occurs on the network. In the GSM, the C/A indicates an amplitude
of the level difference between the serving cell and the cell whose frequency is adjacent to the
frequency of the serving cell.
11.2.3 Conducting GSM Frequency Scanning
This describes how to use the GSM test terminal to perform the frequency scanning test. You
can perform the scanning test in the specified frequency range or band.
11.2.4 Conducting the GSM Forcing Function Test
This describes how to test the forcing functions of the GSM. The forcing functions include the
handover feature, ARFCN control, band control, and cell bar access (CBA) inversion. The
handover features must be performed on the MS in dedicated state. The ARFCN control and
band control must be performed in idle state.
11.2.5 Conducting the WCDMA Forcing Function Test
The WCDMA forcing function involves locking the specified UARFCN and locking scramble
codes. When locking frequencies or scramble codes, the test terminal must be in idle mode.
11.2.6 Conducting the LTE Forcing Function Test
This section describes how to perform the LTE forcing function test. The LTE forcing functions
consist of locking network, frequency band, cells, turning over the cell bar access (CBA), and
locking the transmit power of the PUSCH.

11.2.1 Setting the GSM Nonvolatile Parameters


This describes how to use the GSM test terminal to set Nonvolatile parameters, thus enabling
the terminal to attach to the GPRS or EDGE.

Prerequisite
Test terminals are connected, and the Probe can enable the test terminals. For details, see 7.4
Enabling External Devices.

11-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > GSM NV Setting. The GSM Nonvolatile Parameters
Setting dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Select a test terminal in the Device Select drop-down list.

Step 3 Select the forcing feature in MS NV Setting.

If ... Then...

Attach to the GPRS. Choose GPRS.

Attach to the EDGE. Choose EDGE.

Step 4 Click Apply. Then, the test terminal performs the forcing feature test.

Step 5 Optional: Click Inquire MS State. Then, the latest forcing feature status of the test terminal is
displayed in the MS Current State area.

----End

11.2.2 Conducting GSM C/A Measurements


This describes how to conduct the GSM C/A measurement. The C/A measurement is used to
check whether the planning of the radio network frequency is reasonable and whether the
adjacent-channel interference occurs on the network. In the GSM, the C/A indicates an amplitude
of the level difference between the serving cell and the cell whose frequency is adjacent to the
frequency of the serving cell.

Prerequisite
Test terminals are connected, and the Probe can enable the test terminals. For details, see 7.4
Enabling External Devices.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > GSM C/A Setting. The GSM C/A Setting dialog box is
displayed.

For details about the parameters related to the GSM C/A Setting dialog box, see 12.24
Parameters for Performing the C/A Measurement of the GSM.

Step 2 Select an MS from the Device Select drop-down list.

Step 3 Select a C/A measurement type from the MS C/A State area.

Objective Action

Disable the C/A measurement Choose OFF.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

Objective Action

Calculate the C/A values of the two neighboring Choose 1 Channel (-1, +1).
frequencies of the current serving cell

Calculate the C/A values of the four neighboring Choose 2 Channel (+2, +1, -1, -2).
frequencies of the current serving cell

Step 4 Click Apply. The C/A measurement is performed on the MS.


Step 5 Optional: Click Search MS State. The latest C/A state of the MS is displayed in the MS C/A
State area.
Step 6 Optional: Choose View > GSM > Interference > GSM C/A to browse the C/A measurement
data in the displayed GSM C/A window.
l SS: indicates the signal strengths of the four adjacent frequencies of the current serving cell.
The range is -110 to -47 and the unit is dBm.
l C/A, indicates the carrier-to-adjacent. The calculation method is to subtract the adjacent-
frequency received signal strength from the received signal strength of the current serving
ARFCN.

----End

Related References
12.24 Parameters for Performing the C/A Measurement of the GSM

11.2.3 Conducting GSM Frequency Scanning


This describes how to use the GSM test terminal to perform the frequency scanning test. You
can perform the scanning test in the specified frequency range or band.

Prerequisite
The GSM test terminal is connected. For details, see 7.4 Enabling External Devices.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > GSM Frequency Scan. The GSM Frequency Scan dialog
box is displayed.
Step 2 Select a test terminal in Device Select.
Step 3 Choose the scanning mode.

11-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

If ... Then...

Perform the scanning test in a specified Choose Specific Scan, and then enter the
frequency range. frequency value in From and To.
The Probe supports the scanning in the
frequency range 0 to 124, 512 to 885, 512 to
810, or 975 to 1023.
CAUTION
The value of (To - From) must be smaller than 32.

Perform the scanning test when no Choose Unspecific Scan, and then select the
frequency range is specified. band to be scanned in Scan Band.
The Probe supports the scanning in the band
GSM 900, DCS 1800, or PCS 1900. You can
select All to scan all bands.

Recover the MS to the non-scanning status. Choose Disable.

Step 4 Click Apply, and then the test terminal performs the scanning test.

Step 5 Optional: Click Inquire Scan State, and then check the scanning status of the test terminal in
the Scan State regional box.

Step 6 Optional: Choose View > GSM > GSM Frequency Scan Result to browse the GSM scanning
data in the GSM Frequency Scan Result view window.
l ARFCN: Indicates the scanned frequency, which ranges from 0 to 1023.
– GSM 900 MHz: 0 to 124 and 975 to 1023
– DCS 1800 MHz: 512 to 885
– PCS 1900 MHz: 515 to 810
l RxLev: Indicates the received signal level, which ranges from -110 to -47 (Unit: dBm).
l BSIC: Indicates the base station identity code, which ranges from 00 to 77.
l BAND: Indicates the scanned band. The value can be set to GSM 900 MHz, DCS 1800 MHz,
or PCS 1900 (Unit: MHz).

----End

11.2.4 Conducting the GSM Forcing Function Test


This describes how to test the forcing functions of the GSM. The forcing functions include the
handover feature, ARFCN control, band control, and cell bar access (CBA) inversion. The
handover features must be performed on the MS in dedicated state. The ARFCN control and
band control must be performed in idle state.

Prerequisite
Test terminals are connected, and the Probe can enable the test terminals. For details, see 7.4
Enabling External Devices.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

Context
l Handover feature
The handover feature consists of forcing handover and forbid handover. The forcing
handover is used to check whether the neighboring relation between cells is added properly.
The forbid handover is used to measure the coverage range of the newly constructed site.
The forcing handover and forbid handover are independent of each other.
– If the forbid handover is successfully performed, the MS in dedicated state is not
switched until the MS is disconnected from the network.
– If the forcing handover is successfully performed and the neighboring relation between
the serving cell and the neighboring cells is normal, the MS can be switched to the
destination cell other than the non-destination cell.
l ARFCN control and band control
After the ARFCN is controlled in idle state, the system automatically prohibits the handover
if the MS originates a call. In such a case, the MS remains on the destination ARFCN. After
the band is controlled in idle state, the band is controlled in dedicated state. In such a case,
the system filters the neighboring cells of the non-destination band.
l CBA inversion
The CBA is a parameter set by the BSC in the GSM system and is used to control the access
of a cell. When the cell is under construction, the value of the CBA cannot be accessed by
common users. During this time, the MS can access the cell to verify the functions of the
newly-constructed cell through the CBA inversion function.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > GSM Forcing Feature. The GSM Forcing Feature dialog
box is displayed.

For details about the parameters related to the GSM Forcing Feature dialog box, see 12.21
Parameters for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM.

Step 2 Select an MS from the Device drop-down list.

The ARFCNs of the current serving cell of the selected MS are displayed in Serving ARFCN.

Step 3 Choose the forcing feature.

If You Need To ... Then ...

Perform the forcing handover 1. Select Forcing Function.


2. Select Force HO (Dedicated) from the
Function Select area.
3. Select Input ARFCN from the Target
ARFCN Setting area. Then, enter the ARFCN
in Target ARFCN or select Select Neighbor
to select the ARFCN of a neighboring cell.

Perform the forbid handover 1. Select Forcing Function.


2. Select Forbid HO (Dedicated) from the
Function Select area.

11-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

If You Need To ... Then ...

Control a band 1. Select Band Control.


2. Select a band from the Band Setting area.

Control the specified ARFCN 1. Select Forcing Function.


2. Select Lock Specific ARFCN (Idle) from the
Function Select area.
3. Select Input ARFCN from the Target
ARFCN Setting area. Then, enter the ARFCN
in Target ARFCN or select Select Neighbor
to select the ARFCN of a neighboring cell.

Control the ARFCN of the serving cell 1. Select Forcing Function.


2. Select Lock Serving ARFCN (Idle) from the
Function Select area.

Invert the CBA 1. Select Forcing Function.


2. Select CBA Invert from the Function Select
area.

NOTE

l For the forcing handover, if the entered or selected ARFCN is not the ARFCN of a neighboring cell,
the forcing handover fails.
l If the specified ARFCN or the ARFCN of a serving cell is controlled successfully, the cell reselection
is not performed on the MS in idle state until the MS is in non-dedicated state.

Step 4 Click Apply. The forcing feature is performed on the MS.


Step 5 Optional: Click Inquire MS State. The latest forcing feature state of the MS is displayed in
the MS Current State area.

----End

Related References
12.21 Parameters for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM

11.2.5 Conducting the WCDMA Forcing Function Test


The WCDMA forcing function involves locking the specified UARFCN and locking scramble
codes. When locking frequencies or scramble codes, the test terminal must be in idle mode.

Prerequisite
Test terminals are connected, and the Probe can enable the test terminals. For details, see 7.4
Enabling External Devices.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

Context
After the UARFCN is locked successfully, the test terminal can perform cell reselection or cell
handover only in the cell that uses the locked UARFCN. The cell reselection or cell handover
cannot be performed in the cell that spans UARFCN.

When a scrambling code is locked, the corresponding UARFCN needs to be locked at the same
time. After the scrambling code is locked successfully, the test terminal is not allowed to perform
cell reselection or cell handover.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > WCDMA Forcing Feature. The WCDMA Forcing
Feature dialog box is displayed.

For details about the parameters, see 12.22 Parameters for WCDMA Forcing Feature Test.

Step 2 Select a test terminal in the Device Select drop-down list.

Step 3 Select the forcing feature.

If ... Then ...

Lock the specified UARFCN 1. Choose Lock ARFCN.


2. Enter a UARFCN that exists on the current network in the
Target ARFCN area.
If the entered UARFCN does not exist on or covered by
the current network, the UARFCN cannot be locked.

Lock the scrambling code 1. Choose Lock ARFCN&PSC.


2. Select the mode for obtaining a scrambling code.
l If you choose Select PSC, select a scrambling code
among the scrambling codes under the current
UARFCN.
l If you choose Input PSC, enter a UARFCN that exists
on the current network in the Target ARFCN area, and
then enter the scrambling code in the Input PSC text
box.

Step 4 Click Apply. Then, the test terminal performs the forcing feature test.

You can click Default to recover the terminal status.

Step 5 Optional: Click Inquire UE State. Then, the latest forcing feature status of the test terminal is
displayed in the UE Current State area.

----End

Related References
12.22 Parameters for WCDMA Forcing Feature Test

11-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

11.2.6 Conducting the LTE Forcing Function Test


This section describes how to perform the LTE forcing function test. The LTE forcing functions
consist of locking network, frequency band, cells, turning over the cell bar access (CBA), and
locking the transmit power of the PUSCH.

Prerequisite
The Probe is connected with UEs, and the UEs can be enabled by the Probe. For details, see 7.4
Enabling External Devices.

Context
l Locking the network
According to the mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network code (MNC), the UE
camps on a specific PLMN after the network is locked.
l Locking EARFCN and band
After the EARFCN is locked in idle state, the system automatically prohibits the handover
if the UE originates a call. In such a case, the UE remains on the destination EARFCN.
After the band is locked in idle state, the band is locked in dedicated state. In such a case,
the system filters the neighboring cells of the non-destination band.
l Locking a cell
According to the EARFCN and physical cell identity (PCI), the UE camps on a specific
serving cell after a cell is locked.
l Turning over the CBA
The CBA is a parameter configured for the LTE system to control whether the UE is allowed
to access a cell. When the cell is under construction, the CBA value indicates that the
common subscriber cannot access the cell. In this case, the UE can access this cell through
the CBA turn-over function to verify the functions of this cell.
l Locking the transmit power of the PUSCH
According to the transmit power of the PUSCH within the specified range, perform the
related operations. Then, the UE uses the constant transmit power to transmit signals and
the power control function does not take effect. In this case, the cell performance can be
evaluated.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Test > Forcing Function > LTE Forcing Feature. The LTE Forcing Feature dialog
box is displayed.

For details about the parameters in the LTE Forcing Feature dialog box, see 12.21 Parameters
for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM.

Step 2 Select a UE from the Device drop-down list.

The EARFCN of the serving cell that the UE camps on is displayed in Serving ARFCN. The
PCI of the serving cell is displayed in Serving PCI.

Step 3 Select the forcing feature.


For details about the parameters, see 12.23 Parameter Description: LTE Forcing Feature
Test.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
11 Typical Application User Guide

Step 4 Click Apply. Then, the UE performs the forcing feature test.

The latest forcing feature status of the UE is displayed in the MS Current State area.

Click Reset. Then, the UE status is recovered.

----End

Related References
12.23 Parameter Description: LTE Forcing Feature Test

11.3 IP Analysis
The Probe obtains the raw data packets of data service tests through the WinPcap tool and then
obtains the information about the transport layer protocols and the network layer protocols
through the IP analysis.

Prerequisite
l The WinPcap tool is already installed on the PC.
l The Network Monitor Driver protocol components are already installed.
If the Network Monitor Driver protocol components are not installed, the network
protocol analysis cannot be performed.
The method for installing the Network Monitor Driver protocol components is as follows:
1. Right-click Local Area Connection and choose Properties from the shortcut menu.
2. Choose Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) on the General tab page. Then, click Install.
3. Double-click Protocol in the Select Network Component Type dialog box.
4. Select Network Monitor Driver in the Select Network Protocol dialog box.
5. Click OK. The installation is complete.
l The test plan related to the data services is already configured on the Probe. For details,
see 8.4 Designing Test Plans.

Context
The Probe supports the analysis of the following network protocols:

l Transport layer protocols: Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram
Protocol (UDP)
l Network layer protocols: Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) and Internet Protocol version
6 (IPv6)

The Probe disables the IP analysis function by default.

Procedure
Step 1 Enable the IP analysis function.
1. Choose Configuration > System Configure. The System Configure dialog box is
displayed.

11-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 11 Typical Application

2. Click . The IP Settings dialog box is displayed.


3. Select On in Packet Capture to enable the IP analysis function.
Off indicates that the IP analysis function is disabled.
4. Click OK.
Step 2 Execute the configured test plan.
For details, see 8.5 Performing a Test Plan.
Step 3 View the information about the protocols used by data packets.
Choose View > Message > IP Messages.
l Time: indicates the time for reporting data packets.
l Source: indicates the source IP address.
l Destination: indicates the destination IP address.
l Protocol: indicates the used protocols.
l Info: indicates the information about data packets.

----End

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

12 Interface Reference of the Probe

About This Chapter

This describes the interface and parameters of the Probe. You can refer to these parameters when
you collect, view, and replay the data through the Probe.
12.1 Interface Description: Test Plan Control Window
This describes the Test Plan Control window and helps you understand the window component,
the function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
12.2 Interface Description: Engineering Parameter management Window
This describes the Engineering Parameter management window and helps you understand
the window component, the function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
12.3 Interface Description: OutdoorMap Window
This describes the OutdoorMap window and helps you understand the window component, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
12.4 Interface Description: IndoorMap Window
This describes the IndoorMap window and helps you understand the window component, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View
This describes the test data view. You can learn the mode in which the Probe displays the data.
12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View
This describes the Line Chart window and helps you understand the window components, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
12.7 Parameters for Configuring External Devices
This section describes the parameters for configuring external devices. You can refer to this
section when configuring parameters for a test terminal, a GPS, or a scanner.
12.8 Parameters for Filtering the Original Data
This describes the parameters for filtering the original data in the Filter dialog box. You can
refer to these parameters when you configure whether to report or collect the signaling on a test
terminal.
12.9 Parameters for Configuring the Test Items

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

This describes the parameters for configuring the test items and attributes of the MS and scanner.
You can refer to these parameters when you configure the MS or scanner test plan in the Test
Plan Control window.
12.10 Parameters for Monitoring the Test
This describes the parameters for monitoring the test. During the test or replay, you can refer to
these parameters when you query the status and statistics value of each test item in the test plan
in the Test Plan Control window.
12.11 Parameters for Importing the Engineering Parameters
This describes the parameters for importing the engineering parameters. You can refer to these
parameters when you import the engineering parameters.
12.12 Parameters for Importing the Outdoor Raster Map
This describes the parameters for importing the outdoor raster map. You can refer to these
parameters when you import the outdoor raster map or add the outdoor raster map.
12.13 Parameters for Configuring the Legend Properties
This describes the parameters for configuring the legend properties of the IE layer and layer
offset properties. You can refer to the description when configuring the legend properties of the
IE layer in the Layer Parameter dialog box or configuring the layer offset properties in the
Layer Offset dialog box.
12.14 Parameters for Configuring the Layer Control Properties
This describes the parameters for configuring the layer control properties, such as layer display
properties and layer label properties. You can refer to these parameters when you configure the
layer display properties in the Layer Control dialog box.
12.15 Parameters for Setting the Predefined Event
This describes the proprieties of the predefined event. You can refer to these parameters when
you set the properties of the predefined event in the System Configure dialog box.
12.16 Parameters for Configuring the Device Alarm
This describes the parameters for configuring the device alarm. You can refer to these parameters
when you configure the device alarm in the System Configure dialog box.
12.17 Parameters for Setting IE Audio Indications
This describes the parameters about setting audio indications for IEs. You can set related
parameters according to the following information when configuring audio indications for IEs.
12.18 Parameter for Other System Settings
This describes the parameters related to other system settings. You can refer to this part when
synchronizing the external device time, setting logfile storage properties, or setting event replay
mode.
12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the List Views
This describes the parameters for configuring the properties of the list view. You can refer to
the description when configuring the properties of the list view.
12.20 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the Line Chart View
This describes the parameters for configuring the properties of the line chart view. You can refer
to these parameters when you configure the properties of the line chart view.
12.21 Parameters for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM
This describes the parameters for testing the forcing function of the GSM. You can refer to this
part when setting the parameters for testing the forcing function of the GSM in the GSM Forcing
Feature dialog box.
12.22 Parameters for WCDMA Forcing Feature Test

12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

This describes the parameters related to the WCDMA forcing feature test. You can refer to this
part when setting WCDMA forcing feature test parameters in the WCDMA Forcing Feature
dialog box.
12.23 Parameter Description: LTE Forcing Feature Test
This section describes the parameters related to the LTE forcing feature test. You can set
parameters related to the LTE forcing feature test in the LTE Forcing Feature dialog box by
referring to this section.
12.24 Parameters for Performing the C/A Measurement of the GSM
This describes the parameters for performing the C/A measurement of the GSM. You can refer
to this part when setting parameters for performing the C/A measurement of the GSM in the
GSM C/A Setting dialog box.
12.25 Parameters for Exporting the Data
This describes the parameters for exporting data. You can refer to this part when converting
a .gen file to the file in other formats or converting a .phu file to a .gen file.
12.26 Parameters for Configuring the Data Export Format of the Scanner
This describes the parameters for configuring the export format of the CW data of the PCTel
DTI scanner. You can refer to this part when exporting the CW data of the PCTel DTI scanner.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

12.1 Interface Description: Test Plan Control Window


This describes the Test Plan Control window and helps you understand the window component,
the function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
Figure 12-1 shows the Test Plan Control window and Table 12-1 provides the description of
the Figure 12-1.

Figure 12-1 Test Plan Control window

Table 12-1 Description of the Test Plan Control window


No. Name Description

1 Toolbar for Controlling the Provides the shortcut icon for editing the test
Test Plan item and controlling the test plan.

2 Test item list Provides the default test item. You can select the
test item according to requirements.

12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

No. Name Description

3 Attribute and statistics value Contains the Config and Statistic tab pages.
list l Config tab page: You can set the properties
of each test item.
l Statistic tab page: Displays the statistics
value of the test item that is performed. For
detailed description of the parameters, see
12.10 Parameters for Monitoring the
Test.

4 List of the test item that is Displays the test item that is performed.
performed

Toolbar for Controlling the Test Plan


You can edit the test item and control the test plan by clicking the corresponding icons. Table
12-2 shows the toolbar.

Table 12-2 Description of the Test Plan Control window toolbar


Icon Name Description

Importing the test plan Enables you to open a configured


test plan (in .xml format).

Exporting the test plan Enables you to save a configured test


plan (in .xml format).

Starting the test plan Enables you to start performing the


test item configured in the test plan.

Stopping the test plan Enables you to stop all the test items
that are being performed.

Moving the test item Enables you to move the selected


upward test item upward.

Moving the test item Enables you to move the selected


downward test item downward.

Deleting Enables you to delete the selected


test item.

Related Tasks
8.4 Designing Test Plans

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

12.2 Interface Description: Engineering Parameter


management Window
This describes the Engineering Parameter management window and helps you understand
the window component, the function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.

Figure 12-2 shows the Engineering Parameter management window. Table 12-3 provides
the description of the Figure 12-2.

Figure 12-2 Engineering Parameter management window

Table 12-3 Description of the Engineering Parameter management window

No. Name Description

1 Engineering Parameter Provides shortcut icons for importing, exporting,


toolbar adding, and deleting a row.

2 Field name of the Displays the field name of the engineering


engineering parameter parameter.

3 Engineering parameter list Displays the value corresponding to each field


name of the engineering parameter.

4 Status bar of the engineering Displays the network protocol corresponding to


parameter the imported engineering parameter.

12-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Engineering Parameter Toolbar


The engineering parameter toolbar is in the upper areal of the Engineering Parameter
management window. The icon description is provided in Table 12-4.

Table 12-4 Toolbar description of the Engineering Parameter management window

Icon Name Description

Importing the Enables you to import the


engineering parameter engineering parameter. You can
click the icon to open the Select
File dialog box. For detailed
description about the parameter, see
12.11 Parameters for Importing
the Engineering Parameters.

Exporting the Enables you to export the


engineering parameter engineering parameter. After you
click the icon, the xls or xlsx file is
opened automatically. If the
engineering parameters of multiple
network protocols exist, the xls or
xlsx file contains multiple sheets
whose names are corresponding to
the network protocols displayed in
the status bar of the Engineering
Parameter management dialog
box.

Application Enables you to make the editing


operation to take effect. You can
click the icon to apply the editing
result to the file of the current
engineer parameter.

Adding a row Enables you to add a row in the sheet.


You can click the icon to add a row
in the engineer parameter sheet.

Checking the templates Enables you to view engineering


of engineering parameter templates of different
parameters networks in the default path provided
by the Probe. You can modify the
format of the current engineering
parameter table based on the project
reference template to ensure that the
format of the engineering parameter
table meets the requirements of the
Probe.
The default path is as follows:
Software Installation Directory
\Template\Engineering
Parameters.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Icon Name Description

Deleting a row Enables you to delete a row. You can


click the icon to delete a row where
the selected engineer parameter is
located.

Related Tasks
6.2 Importing Engineering Parameters

12.3 Interface Description: OutdoorMap Window


This describes the OutdoorMap window and helps you understand the window component, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
Figure 12-3 shows the OutdoorMap window. Table 12-5 provides the description of the Figure
12-3.

Figure 12-3 OutdoorMap window

12-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Table 12-5 Description of the OutdoorMap window


No. Name Description

1 Outdoor map toolbar Provides the shortcut icons for common outdoor map
operations.

2 Displaying area of the Displays the outdoor map imported, event occurred, and
outdoor map drive test route.

3 Map Layers window Indicates the layer management window that provides
the operation entry for the layer management of the
device layer and air interface parameters.

4 Outdoor map status bar Displays the longitude and latitude of the current
position and distance of the test points on the map.

Outdoor Map Toolbar


The OutdoorMap window provides the entry for common outdoor map operations. You can
open the related window or perform related operations by clicking certain icons. For the
description of the toolbar, see Table 12-6.

Table 12-6 Description of the OutdoorMap window toolbar


Icon Map Shortcut Menu Name Description

- Opening the Enables you to open the


MapInfo map MapInfo map. The
extension is .tab or .gst.

- Saving a map Enables you to save the


map to a .gst file.

- Opening the Enables you to open the


raster map raster map. The extension
is .tif, .bmp, .jpg, .gif,
or .png.

Layer Control Layer control Enables you to manage


layers or change
displaying or labeling
properties. For details, see
5.4 Configuring Layer
Properties.
Changes are only
temporary and cannot be
saved in the project.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Icon Map Shortcut Menu Name Description

- Cell search Searches for the


information about a
specified cell on the map.
Currently, only the GSM
and WCDMA network
systems are supported.
Search results are valid
only engineering
parameters are used.

Tools > Zoom In Zooming in Enables you to enlarge a


portion of the map to view
it in more detail.

Tools > Zoom Out Zooming out Enables you to view a


larger area than the current
map view.

Tools > Zoom Zooming in or Enables you to zoom in or


out out in an area on the map.
Clicking the map and then
dragging the mouse
rightward indicates
zooming in on the map;
clicking the map and then
dragging the mouse
leftward indicates
zooming out on the map.

Tools > Pan Moving the Enables you to move the


map map. You can click the
map and hold down the
mouse to move the map.

Tools > Center Center map Enables you to set any


point on the map as the
center. You can click the
icon and then click a spot
on the map. The map is
centered around the spot.

Tools > Center Selection tool Enables you to select the


object contained in the
current layer. You can
select multiple objects by
holding down Ctrl.

Tools > Rectangle Rectangle Enables you to select all


Select selection tool the objects in a rectangle.
You can click the map and
move the mouse to form a
rectangle area.

12-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Icon Map Shortcut Menu Name Description

Tools > Distance Ruler Enables you to measure the


distance between two
points on the map. You can
click a point on the map as
the starting point and drag
the mouse to any direction.
The system displays the
distance from the starting
point to the point where the
mouse stops on the status
bar at the bottom of the
outdoor map window.

Entire Map Viewing Enables you to view the


map. You can open the
Zoom to dialog box to
selectively zoom out the
selected layer.

Tools > Arrow Arrow tool Displays a position in the


map. You can move the
mouse to the position
where you are interested
in. Then, the name of the
position is displayed.

- Drawing a grid Displays the grid and


legend of a map.

- Label Enables you to label the


engineering parameters on
the map.

- Clearing the Enables you to clear the IE


map or track information in the
current map layer. The cell
site information is not
cleared.

Map Layers Window


The Map Layers window is in the right pane of the OutdoorMap window. You can right-click
the map and choose Layer Bar to configure whether to display the Map Layers window.
Figure 12-4 shows the Map Layers window and Table 12-7 provides the description of Figure
12-4.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Figure 12-4 Map Layers window

Table 12-7 Description of the Map Layers window


No. Name Icon Map Shortcut Description
Menu

1 Layer Add Layer Enables you to add


toolbar the air interface
parameter layer.
You can click the
icon to open the
Add Layer dialog
box to add the air
interface parameter
layer.

Remove Layer Enables you to


remove a selected
layer. After you
click the icon, the
layer node in the
Map Layers
window is deleted.
In addition, the data
that displays the
layer on the map is
deleted.

12-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

No. Name Icon Map Shortcut Description


Menu

Edit Layer Enables you to edit


the layer properties.
You can click the
icon to open the
Layer Parameter
dialog box to edit
the layer properties.
For details, see 5.5
Configuring
Legend
Properties.

2 Area of - - Enables you to edit


editing the the added layer.
layer

Related Tasks
5.2.1 Importing Outdoor Test Maps

12.4 Interface Description: IndoorMap Window


This describes the IndoorMap window and helps you understand the window component, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
Figure 12-5 shows the IndoorMap window. Table 12-8 provides the description of the Figure
12-5.

Figure 12-5 IndoorMap window

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Table 12-8 Description of the IndoorMap window


No. Name Description

1 Indoor map toolbar Provides the shortcut icons for common


indoor map operations.

2 Displaying the display area of the Displays the indoor map imported, event
indoor map occurred, and drive test route.

3 Map Layers window Indicates the layer management window that


provides the operation entry for the layer
management of air interface parameters.

Indoor Map Toolbar


The IndoorMap window provides the entry for common map operations. You can open the
related window or perform related operations by click certain icons. For the detailed description
of the toolbar, see Table 12-9.

Table 12-9 Description of the IndoorMap window toolbar


Icon Map Shortcut Menu Name Description

- Opening the raster Enables you to open the grid


map map (the extension is .tif
or .bmp.)

Localizer Locating the point -


manually

Zoom In Zooming in Enables you to zoom in on


the map.

Zoom Out Zooming out Enables you to zoom out on


the map.

Pan Zooming in or out Enables you to zoom in or


out in an area on the map.
Clicking the map and then
dragging the mouse
rightward indicates
zooming in on the map;
clicking the map and then
dragging the mouse
rightward indicates
zooming out on the map.

12-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Icon Map Shortcut Menu Name Description

Arrow Arrow tool Displays a position in the


map. You can move the
mouse to the position where
you are interested in, and
then the name of the
position is displayed.

- Viewing Enables you to selectively


zoom out the selected layer.

Undo Undoing the last Enables you to cancel the


operation previous operations of
locating the points.
This tool is enabled to the
drive test mode.

- Clearing the map Enables you to clear the IE


or track information in the
current map layer.
During a horizontal test, the
IE information and track
information can be cleared
when the tracks of points are
controlled manually. When
the tracks of points are
controlled automatically,
that is, the test is performed
according to the predefined
tracks, only IE information
is cleared, and the track
information is not cleared.

Map Layers Window


The Map Layers window is in the right pane of IndoorMap. You can right-click the map and
choose Layer Bar to configure whether to display the window.
Figure 12-6 shows the Map Layers window. Table 12-10 provides the description of the Figure
12-6.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Figure 12-6 Map Layers window

Table 12-10 Description of the Map Layers window


No. Name Icon Description

1 Layer toolbar Enables you to add the air


interface parameter layer.

Enables you to delete the layer.


After you click the icon, the layer
node in the Map Layers window
is deleted. In addition, the data
that displays the layer on the map
is deleted. You can click the
icon to add the layer that is
deleted.

Enables you to edit the layer


properties. You can click the icon
to open the Layer Parameter
dialog box to edit the layer
properties.
For details, see5.5 Configuring
Legend Properties.

2 Area of - Displays the name of the layer


editing the that is added and configures
layer whether to display the layer on the
map.

Related Tasks
5.2.2 Importing Indoor Test Maps

12-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

12.5 Interface Description: Test Data View


This describes the test data view. You can learn the mode in which the Probe displays the data.
Figure 12-7 shows the test data view of the Probe. Table 12-11 shows the description of Figure
12-7.

NOTE

Take the BA List, Radio Parameter, Information, and Power views as examples.

Figure 12-7 Interface of the test data view

Table 12-11 Description of the test data view


View Name View Type Description

BA List view List view Displays test data in tables.

Power view Chart view Displays test data in charts.

Radio Parameter view Mixed view Displays the changed value of each
parameter directly by using the
combination chart and list view.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

View Name View Type Description

Information view Plain text view Displays the basic information about the
logfile, the event information, and the
statistics of events and KPIs in the
logfile.

Related Tasks
10.2 Browsing Data
10.3.2 Configuring the List View
10.3.3 Configuring the Chart View
10.3.4 Configuring the Plain Text View

12.6 Interface Description: Line Chart View


This describes the Line Chart window and helps you understand the window components, the
function of each component, and the function of the shortcut icon.
Figure 12-8 shows the Line Chart window. Table 12-12 provides the description of the Figure
12-8.

Figure 12-8 Line Chart window

12-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Table 12-12 Description of the Line Chart window


No. Name Description

1 Chart display Displays the IE information of each chart in a line chart or


area bar chart.

2 Axis display area Displays the value range and color of the selected IE in the
axes of each chart. You can change the properties of the IE
through the shortcut menu in the view window. For the
description of the shortcut menu, see 12.20 Parameters for
Configuring the Properties of the Line Chart View.

3 Scroll bar of the


l If you click , the scroll bar moves leftwards by one
chart display
second, and the data presented one second ago is
area
displayed in the view.

l If you click , the scroll bar moves rightwards by one


second, and the data presented one second later is
displayed in the view.

l If you click the blank area between and , the scroll


bar moves leftwards by one page, and the data presented
60 seconds ago is displayed in the view.

l If you click the blank area between and , the scroll


bar moves rightwards by one page, and the data presented
60 seconds later is displayed in the view.
l If you click Lock, the system status is changed to
UnLock. In this case, you can drag to check the data
of the specific position. If you click UnLock again, the
system status is changed to Lock. The Probe resumes the
test or replay.

4 Legend area Legend of an IE. You can double-click the name of an IE to


change its properties.

5 Text display area IE information displayed in text format, which consists of


the IE name, value, and the name of the corresponding
terminal.

Related Tasks
10.2 Browsing Data
10.3.1 Configuring the Line Chart View

12.7 Parameters for Configuring External Devices


This section describes the parameters for configuring external devices. You can refer to this
section when configuring parameters for a test terminal, a GPS, or a scanner.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameters in the Device Configure Window


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the added device.

Model Indicates the model of the added device.

COMPort Indicates the COM port of the added device.

ModemPort Indicates the modem port number of the added device.


If Modem port is not configured in the Device Configure dialog
box, Not Configure is displayed.

State Indicates the current state of the added device.


l Down: The device is added but not connected.
l Searching: The system is searching for the port corresponding
to the device.
l Disconnect: The device is disconnected.
l Connected: The device is connected.

Common Parameters for Configuring External Devices


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the external device. The system names the
added device automatically and displays the name.

Type Indicates device types. The options are as follows:


l MS
l GPS
l Scanner

Model Indicates the model of the external device. For the type and
specifications of the external devices that are supported by the
Probe, see 7.1 Connectable External Devices.

Parameters for Configuring GSM, WCDMA, or CDMA Test Terminals


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the currently added test terminal.

Type Indicates the type of the currently added device: MS.

Model Indicates the actual model of the MS. For the models of the test
terminals that are supported by the Probe, see Test Terminal.

12-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Baud rate Indicates the baud rate of the MS. It must be the same as the actual
setting of the MS. The options are 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200,
38400, 56000, 57600, 115200, 128000, 230400, 256000, 460800,
and 921600.

COM port Indicates the actual COM port used by the MS after the MS is
connected to the PC.
You can view the actual port number of the MS under the Ports
(COM & LPT) node in the Device Manager window.

Modem port Indicates the actual modem port used by the MS after the MS is
connected to the PC.
In the Device Manager window, right-click the corresponding
device under the Modem node, and then select Properties. You
can view the actual modem port number on the Modem tab page.
If you want to perform a data service test or send AT commands,
Modem port must be set. In other cases, Modem port need not
be set.

Adjust antenna Indicates the antenna gain of the MS. Only the GSM and WCDMA
modes are supported.
You can select either of the following values:
l Disable: not set the antenna gain of the MS.
l Enable: set the antenna gain of the MS.
If you select Enable, you can set the antenna gain in the
displayed UE External Antenna Setting dialog box. The value
ranges from 1 to 100 and can be a decimal.
The default value is Disable.
CAUTION
For the MS to which an external antenna is connected, you can set the
antenna gain as required.
For the MS to which an external antenna is not connected, if you set the
antenna gain, the accuracy of counters such as the Received Signal Strength
Indicator (RSSI), Received Signal Level (RxLev), or Received Signal Code
Power (RSCP) may be affected. Therefore, you are advised to select
Disable.

Parameters for Configuring the WiMAX Test Terminal


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the currently added MS.

Type Indicates the type of the currently added device: MS.

Model Indicates the model of the WiMAX test terminal. For the models
of the test terminals that are supported by the Probe, see Test
Terminal.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

TE Indicates the terminal that is connected to the PC.


l WiMAX_GCT: Four GCT terminals can be configured.
l WiMAX_Runcom: Only one terminal can be configured.

Card Index Indicates the index of the terminal. The system allocates one index
according to the selected TE. The index is allocated from 1.

Parameters for Configuring the LTE Test Terminal


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the currently added MS.

Type Indicates the type of the currently added device: MS.

Model Indicates the model of the LTE test terminal. For the models of the
test terminals that are supported by the Probe, see Test Terminal.

OMAGENT IP address Indicates the IP address of a PC that is connected to an LTE UE


1.X terminal. For LTE UE 2.0 terminals, this parameter is not
required.

OMAGENT port Indicates the port corresponding to OMAGENT IP address. You


need not set this parameter manually. The default value, 3000, is
recommended.

UE IP address Query the IP address of the host through the HyperTerminal


provided by the Windows operating system.
For details, see 13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE UE?.

UE port Indicates the port corresponding to UE IP address. You do not


need to set this parameter manually. The default value, 5000, is
recommended.

Parameters for Configuring the GPS


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the currently added GPS.

Type Indicates the type of the currently added device: GPS.

12-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Model Indicates the protocol used for the communication with the
configured GPS. You can select NMEA or TEXT. NMEA is the
GPS protocol that is used internationally. TEXT is the protocol
provided by GARMIN, and only support the GPS of the GARMIN
series such as 12XL and Vista.
NOTE
If you select TEXT, you need to change the default output format of the
GPS to TEXT.
For the GPS models supported by the Probe, see GPS.

Baud rate Indicates the baud rate of the GPS. The options are 4800, 9600,
14400, 19200, 38400, 56000, 57600, 115200, 128000, 230400,
256000, 460800, and 921600.

COM port Indicates the actual COM port used by a GPS after the GPS is
connected to the PC.
You can view the actual port number of the GPS under the Ports
(COM & LPT) node in the Device Manager window.

Parameters for Configuring Scanners


Parameter Description

Name Indicates the name of the currently added scanner.

Type Indicates the type of the currently added device: Scanner.

Model Indicates the model of a scanner. Note that PCTEL EX scanners


support multi-mode tests and multi-band tests.
For the scanner models supported by the Probe, see Scanner.

COM port Indicates the actual COM port used by the scanner after the scanner
is connected to the PC.
You can view the actual port number of the scanner under the Ports
(COM & LPT) node in the Device Manager window.

Protocol Indicates the protocol that is supported by the connected scanner.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Band Indicates the frequency band that is supported by the connected


scanner.
l GSM
GSM850 (869 MHz to 894 MHz), E-GSM (925 MHz to 960
MHz), DCS1800 (1805 MHz to 1880 MHz), and PCS 1900
(1930 MHz to 1990 MHz).
l WCDMA
Band I DL (2110.0 MHz to 2170.0 MHz), Band I UL (1920.0
MHz to 1980.0 MHz), Band II (1930.0 MHz to 1990.0
MHz), Band III (1805.0 MHz to 1880.0 MHz), Band IV
(2110.0 MHz to 2155.0 MHz), Band V (869.0 MHz to 894.0
MHz), and Band VIII (925.0 MHz to 960.0 MHz).
l CDMA
Band 0 (869.61 MHz to 893.40 MHz), Band 0 (860.64 MHz
to 874.38 MHz), Band 1 (1930.65 MHz to 1989.35 MHz),
Band 3 (860.6375 MHz to 869.3625 MHz), and BAND 5
(461.95 MHz to 466.85 MHz).
l WiMAX
2.5 GHz (2498.50 MHz to 2687.50 MHz) and 3.5 GHz
(3402.50 MHz to 3597.50 MHz).

Instance Indicates the interface number that is used by the scanner of the
Anritsu ML874X series (for example, ML8740 or ML8742) after
the scanner is connected to the PC. You need to select an interface
number that is not used by another scanner.
If the scanner of the Anritsu ML874X series is not connected to the
PC, select Not Configure.

1394 Indicates the interface number that is used by the scanner of the
Rohde & Schwarz TSMX series after the scanner is connected to
the PC. You need to select an interface number that is not used by
another scanner.
If only one TSMX scanner is connected, select 1. If the scanner of
the Rohde & Schwarz TSMX series is not connected to the PC,
select Not Configure.

12-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Adjust antenna Indicates the antenna gain of the scanner. Only the scanners of the
PCTel SeeGull LX series and the EX series are supported.
You can select either of the following values:
l Disable: not set the antenna gain of the scanner.
l Enable: set the antenna gain of the scanner.
If you select Enable, you can set the antenna gain in the
displayed Scanner External Antenna Setting dialog box. The
Probe may automatically compensate the antenna or cable loss
of the scanner.
The default value is Disable.
CAUTION
For the scanner to which an external antenna is connected, you can set the
antenna gain as required.
For the scanner to which an external antenna is not connected, if you set the
antenna gain, the accuracy of indicators such as the RSSI, RxLev, or RSCP
may be affected. Therefore, you are advised to select Disable.

Related Tasks
7.3 Configuring External Devices

12.8 Parameters for Filtering the Original Data


This describes the parameters for filtering the original data in the Filter dialog box. You can
refer to these parameters when you configure whether to report or collect the signaling on a test
terminal.

Parameter Description

LogCode Displays the name of the data package.

Select Indicates that whether the test terminal reports the data package.

Filter Indicates the mode that the Probe adopts to collect data packages:
l No Filter: The Probe collects all the data packages reported by
the terminal.
l By Periods: The Probe collects the data packages reported by
the terminal periodically.
l All Filter: The Probe does not collect the data packages reported
by the terminal.

Interval Indicates the sampling interval. The Probe collects data packets at
the sampling intervals set here. Redundant data packets are
discarded.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Related Tasks
7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected

12.9 Parameters for Configuring the Test Items


This describes the parameters for configuring the test items and attributes of the MS and scanner.
You can refer to these parameters when you configure the MS or scanner test plan in the Test
Plan Control window.

Parameter Description

Adds the parameters of the test item.

Name Displays the selected test item.

Status Displays the current status of the test item.


l Ready: Indicates the ready status.
l Testing: Indicates the testing status.
l Finish: Indicates the finish status.

Progress Displays the count for which the test item is performed. The
format is n/N. n indicates the count for which a test item is
currently performed and N indicates the total count for which a
test item is performed.

Parameters for setting the properties of the added test item.

Property Displays the property name of the test item.

Value Enables you to set values of the Property.

Related Tasks
8.4 Designing Test Plans

12.10 Parameters for Monitoring the Test


This describes the parameters for monitoring the test. During the test or replay, you can refer to
these parameters when you query the status and statistics value of each test item in the test plan
in the Test Plan Control window.

Parameters for Monitoring the Test


The list for monitoring the test is in the lower pane of the Test Plan Control window to display
the status of the test item.

Parameter Description

Time Displays the time for performing the current test item.

12-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Name Displays the name of the test item that is currently performed.

Info Displays the status of the test item that is currently performed,
containing begin, failure, and success.

Parameter Description of the Statistic Tab Page


The Statistic tab is in the right pane of the Test Plan Control window to display the statistics
value of the test item.

Parameter Description

Type Displays the statistics type defined by the system.


l Total Count: Indicates the total count for which the current test item
is performed.
l Success Count: Indicates the count for which the current test item
is successfully performed.
l Failure Count: Indicates the count for which the current test item
fails to be performed.
l Success Rate: Indicates the percentage of the count for which the
current test item is performed to the total count for which the current
test item is performed.

Value Displays the statistics result of the test item that is currently performed.

Related Tasks
8.5.4 Monitoring the Test

12.11 Parameters for Importing the Engineering Parameters


This describes the parameters for importing the engineering parameters. You can refer to these
parameters when you import the engineering parameters.

Parameters in the Select File Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Engineering Enables you to choose the required engineering parameter file in


parameter file xls, xlsx, or csv format.

Select Protocol Enables you to select the network protocol corresponding to the
engineering parameter, including GSM, WCDMA, CDMA,
WiMAX, and LTE.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Config Neighboring Indicates whether to configure the neighboring cell parameters.


Cell l Horizontal: indicates the horizontal neighboring cell
The engineering parameter fields of the serving cell and the cell
fields are in the same line of the same table. Horizontal
neighboring cells support only the GSM network system. In this
case, engineering parameter fields contain neighboring cell
fields.
l Vertical: indicates the vertical neighboring cell
Each line in the table indicates a neighboring cell relation.
Vertical neighboring cells support the GSM, WCDMA,
WiMAX, and LTE network systems. In this case, engineering
parameter fields do not contain neighboring cell fields, and you
need to import the corresponding engineering parameter when
importing a neighboring cell.

Neighboring cell file Enables you to choose the required vertical neighboring cell file.

Parameters in the Match Parameters Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Select Sheet Enables you to select the form where the project parameters are
located.

Excel Param Displays all the field names of the imported engineering parameter.

Probe Param Displays the field name corresponding to the engineering


parameters on the Probe.

Match Enables you to match the field name in the form where the
engineering parameters are located. You can select the row where
the unmatched field is located, and then click Match to open the
Match Data dialog box. Perform related matching operation. For
the parameter description, see Parameters in the Match Data
Dialog Box.

Cancel Enables you to cancel the matching operation.

Customize Enables you to customize the engineering parameters. You can


click Customize to open the Customize Parameters dialog box.
Perform related customizing operation. For the parameter
description, see Parameters in the Customize Parameters
Dialog Box.

12-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameters in the Match Data Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Excel Parameter Displays the selected field name in the Match


Parameters that needs to be matched.

Param List Displays the imported engineering parameters.

Parameters in the Customize Parameters Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Param List Mandatory Displays the mandatory field name of the


engineering parameter.
For the parameter description, see 6.1
Engineering Parameters Supported in
Different Network Systems.

Optional Displays the optional field name of the


engineering parameter.
For the parameter description, see 6.1
Engineering Parameters Supported in
Different Network Systems.

Custom Displays the customized field names of the


engineering parameters.

Add Enables you to add the customized field


name.

Delete Enables you to delete the customized field.


You can choose the field under the
Custom node. Click Delete to delete the
customized field.

Related Tasks
6.2 Importing Engineering Parameters

12.12 Parameters for Importing the Outdoor Raster Map


This describes the parameters for importing the outdoor raster map. You can refer to these
parameters when you import the outdoor raster map or add the outdoor raster map.

Parameter Description

Label Indicates the name of the reference point.

Longitude Indicates the longitude of the reference point.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Latitude Indicates the latitude of the reference point.

PixelX Indicates the X coordinate value of the reference point. The range
is the range of the pixel point of the imported raster map.

PixelY Indicates the Y coordinate value of the reference point. The range
is the range of the pixel point of the imported raster map.

Related Tasks
5.2.1 Importing Outdoor Test Maps

12.13 Parameters for Configuring the Legend Properties


This describes the parameters for configuring the legend properties of the IE layer and layer
offset properties. You can refer to the description when configuring the legend properties of the
IE layer in the Layer Parameter dialog box or configuring the layer offset properties in the
Layer Offset dialog box.

Parameters of the Layer Parameter Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Range List Interval Displays the range within which the


legend is configured.

Symbol Displays the symbol whose legend is


configured.

Add Enables you to add the legend. You can


click the icon to open the Add Color
Range dialog box to add the legend.
For detailed description of the
parameter, see Parameters for
Editing the Legend Attributes.

Edit Enables you to set the legend


properties. You can click the icon to
open the Edit Color Range dialog box
to configure the properties for the
legend that is selected. For detailed
description of the parameters, see
Parameters for Editing the Legend
Attributes.

Remove Enables you to remove a selected


legend.

12-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Auto Setup Enables you to set the color of the


legend. You can click the icon to open
the Color Range Auto Setup dialog
box to configure the number of color
ranges of the legend in Interval.

Parameters for Editing the Legend Attributes


Parameter Description

Start Enables you to set the start value of the


legend.

End Enables you to set the end value of the


legend.

Symbol Font Enables you to set the font of the


legend.

Size Enables you to set the size of the


legend.

Shape Enables you to set the shape of the


legend.

Color Enables you to set the color of the


legend.

Example Displays the example whose legend is


configured.

Parameters for Configuring the Layer Offset


Parameter Description

X(m) Indicates the distance (m) of the layer offset to the total length
of the map.

Y(m) Indicates the distance (m) of the layer offset to the total width
of the map.

Lock X and Y Indicates whether to zoom in or zoom out the map.

Related Tasks
5.5 Configuring Legend Properties

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

12.14 Parameters for Configuring the Layer Control


Properties
This describes the parameters for configuring the layer control properties, such as layer display
properties and layer label properties. You can refer to these parameters when you configure the
layer display properties in the Layer Control dialog box.

Parameters of the Layer Control Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Up Enables you to move a selected layer upwards on the map.

Down Enables you to move a selected layer downwards on the map.

Add Enables you to add a layer above a selected layer. You can click
Add, select a .tab file in the displayed dialog box, and then click
Open.

Remove Enables you to remove a selected layer.

Visible Enables you to set whether the selected layer is visible.

Selectable Enables you to set whether the selected layer is selectable.

Automatic Labels Enables you to set whether the label of the selected layer is visible.
If the label of the selected layer is visible, the layer must also be
visible, that is, if you select Automatic Labels, you must select
Visible at the same time.

Editable Enables you to set whether the selected layer can be edited.

Display Enables you to set the properties of the layer.


In the Layers area, select a layer, and then click Display. The
Display Properties dialog box is displayed. Set the display
properties of the selected layer. For the description of the
parameters, see Parameters of the Display Properties Dialog
Box.

Labels Enables you to set the label properties of the layer.


In the Layers area, select a layer, and then click Labels. The Label
Properties dialog box is displayed. Set the label properties of the
selected layer. For the description of the parameters, see
Parameters of the Label Properties Dialog Box.

12-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameters of the Display Properties Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Override style Indicates whether to change the style


of the selected layer.
The style of a layer consists of areas,
lines, symbols, and texts.

Zoom Layering Display Within Zoom Indicates whether to display map


Range layer within the zooming range (Min
Zoom to Max Zoom).

Min Zoom Indicates the minimum zoom range.


You can set the maximum zooming
range after selecting Display Within
Zoom Range.

Max Zoom Indicates the maximum zoom range.


You can set the maximum zooming
range after selecting Display Within
Zoom Range.

Parameters of the Label Properties Dialog Box


Parameter Description

Label with DataSet Indicates the data contained in the


selected layer.

Field Indicates the label field list.

Visibility Display within Range Whether to display layer within the


zoom range (Min Zoom to Max
Zoom).

Min Zoom Indicates the minimum zooming


range. You can set the maximum
zooming range after selecting
Display Within Zoom Range.

Max Zoom Indicates the maximum zooming


range. You can set the maximum
zooming range after selecting
Display Within Zoom Range.

Allow Overlapped Text Indicates whether to allow


overlapped texts.

Allow Duplicated Text Indicates whether to allow duplicated


texts.

Label Partial Objects Indicates whether to label the partial


object.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Maximum labels Indicates the maximum number of


labeled objects.

Styles Enables you to set the style of the


label text.

Label Lines Enables you select the label lines.

None Indicates that no label line exists.

Simple Indicates the simple label line.

Arrow Indicates the label line with the


arrow.

Enables you to set the corresponding


line style.

Position Orientation Indicates the direction of the anchor


point.

Rotation Enables you to set the rotating


direction.

None Indicates no rotation.

Parallel to One Segment Enables you to rotate a text to make


its direction parallel to one line
segment.

Parallel to Multiple Enables you to rotate a text to make


Segments its direction parallel to all the line
segments.

Label Offset Enables you to set rotation offset of


the label.

12.15 Parameters for Setting the Predefined Event


This describes the proprieties of the predefined event. You can refer to these parameters when
you set the properties of the predefined event in the System Configure dialog box.

Parameter Description

Mute all event sounds Indicates whether to disable the sounds of all
predefined events.

Language Displays the voice type. The Probe supports


English and Chinese.

12-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Restore properties of all events Enables you to restore the properties of the all
predefined events. You can click Reset to
restore.

Property EventName Displays the name of a selected predefined


event.

Shown in Indicates whether to display a predefined event


EventList in the Event List view window. You can select
True or False.

Shown in Map Indicates whether to display a predefined event


in the indoor map window or outdoor map
window. You can select True or False.

Icon Indicates the icon displayed on the map after a


predefined event is selected.

Voice enabled Indicates whether to play voice when a selected


predefined event occurs. You can select True
or False.

Voice Indicates the voice file that is used during voice


playing.
The parameter is valid when Voice enabled is
set to True.

Value Enables you to set the value of Property.

12.16 Parameters for Configuring the Device Alarm


This describes the parameters for configuring the device alarm. You can refer to these parameters
when you configure the device alarm in the System Configure dialog box.

Parameter Description

Icon Indicates the alarm icon displayed on the


map.

AlarmName Indicates the list of alarms, including MS


Disconnection, GPS Disconnection,
Scanner Disconnection, Inadequacy of
GPS Signal, and No Signal.

Setup Alarm Name Displays the name of the selected device


alarm.

Language Displays the voice type. The Probe supports


English and Chinese.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Alarm Visual Alarm Indicates whether to inform you of the alarm


Type event by visual alarm.

Audio Alarm Indicates whether to inform you of the alarm


event by audio alarm.

Sound Enables you to select the audio alarm. If you


select the audio alarm, select Audio
Alarm and selects a voice file. Then, the
system automatically plays the voice file
when an alarm of the device occurs.

Description Displays the details about the selected


alarm.

Related Tasks
7.6 Configuring Device Alarms

12.17 Parameters for Setting IE Audio Indications


This describes the parameters about setting audio indications for IEs. You can set related
parameters according to the following information when configuring audio indications for IEs.

Parameter Description

System Enables you to select the network system.

Condition Setting IE Name Enables you to select the IE name.

Operator Enables you to select the operator.

Value Indicates the IE value, which must be


within the value range of the IE.

Audio Indication Play Indicates whether to play the IE audio


Setting indication during data test or replay.

Sound Indicates the audio indication file.

12.18 Parameter for Other System Settings


This describes the parameters related to other system settings. You can refer to this part when
synchronizing the external device time, setting logfile storage properties, or setting event replay
mode.

12-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Logfile Time Setting Synchronize PC Time Indicates whether to synchronize the PC


with GPS Time time with the GPS time.

Time zone Enables you to select the time zone of the


district where you are located. The range
is GMT +12 to GMT -12. After you
select Synchronize PC Timewith GPS
Time, Time Zone becomes available,
and you can set the time zone.

Event Replay Mode Normal Replay Replays the events recorded in the
logfile.

Rejudge Event Rejudges the occurred events according


to the signaling messages in the logfile
during the replaying process.

Logfile Setting Limit type Indicates how to slice the logfile. The
options are as follows:
l No limit: not to slice the logfile
l By time: to slice the logfile by time
(in minutes), working with File size
limit
l By file size: to slice the logfile by file
size (in MB), working with File size
limit

File size limit Indicates the size of the sliced logfile. It


is recommended that the value of this
field be equal to or larger than 10 MB.

File name Indicates the name of a logfile. It is


recommended that its name illustrate the
meaning of the logfile.

File directory Indicates the path where the logfile is


stored.
The default path is C:\GENEX Logfile.
You can click File directory on the right
of to change the path for storing the
logfile. It is not recommended that the
file be stored in the system disk.

Operating System TCP window size Indicates the TCP window size, which
Setting ranges from 1 to 65535 bytes.
You are recommended to validate the
settings by restarting the PC after the
settings are complete.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Route File Setting Autosave Indicates whether to automatically save


the GPS information (.tab file) when
recording the logfile. You can select
Yes or No.

Autosave period You can set this parameter when


Autosave is Yes.
The parameter specifies the automatic
save period, and the value ranges from 1
to 300. The default value is 3, and the unit
is second.

Rout file directory Indicates the storage path of the .tab file
containing GPS information.
The name of the .tab file containing GPS
information is the same as that of the
logfile.
The default path is C:\GENEX Logfile.
You can click Rout file directory on the
right of to change the path for storing
the logfile. It is not recommended that
the file be stored in the system disk.

12.19 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the List


Views
This describes the parameters for configuring the properties of the list view. You can refer to
the description when configuring the properties of the list view.

Tab Parameter Description

Mode Title Indicates the title of the table in the list view.
It can be set based on the actual situation.

Header Indicates the header of the table in the list


view. Select Header to display the header
and deselect Header to hide the header.
The contents of the header can be set on the
Cell Contents tab page.

GridLines Indicates whether to display the grid lines.

Columns Indicates the number of columns of the table


in the list view.

Rows Indicates the number of rows of the table in


the list view.

12-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Tab Parameter Description

Font Indicates the fonts of the texts in the table in


the list view. Click Browse to set fonts.

Device Indicates the device list.


If you select a device from Device, the IEs
that are currently displayed in the view
window are collected by the device. The
contents of each IE can be set on the Cell
Contents tab page.

Cell Contents Edit Used to edit the information about a selected


IE.
Select an IE, and then click Edit. Modify the
information about the IE in the displayed IE
Information dialog box.

Description of the parameters in the IE Information dialog box

Contents Device Indicates the device list.


If you select a device from Device, the IEs
that are currently displayed in the view
window are collected by the device.

System Indicates the network protocol of an IE.

Information Indicates the IE list.

Text Specifies the name or value of an IE.


If you select Text, you need not set the
parameters on the View and Color tab pages.

View Value Specifies the value of an IE in the form of


letters and numbers. You can adjust
alignment modes such as Left, Center, and
Right of the value.

Bar Displays the value of an IE through a bar.


The options are as follows:
l Constant Length: Draw a bar with
constant length.
Only a limited number of IEs can be
displayed.
l Max/Min Indicate: Use a vertical line to
indicate an all-time-low or all-time-high
value.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Tab Parameter Description

Color Use Default Color Indicates the default color ranges of an IE.
Ranges If Use Default Color Ranges is selected, it
indicates that the default values are used. If
Use Default Color Ranges is deselected, it
indicates that the default values are not used.
You can customize the color range according
to your requirements.

Related Tasks
10.3.2 Configuring the List View
10.3.3 Configuring the Chart View

12.20 Parameters for Configuring the Properties of the Line


Chart View
This describes the parameters for configuring the properties of the line chart view. You can refer
to these parameters when you configure the properties of the line chart view.

Parameter of the Set Chart Properties dialog box


Parameter Description

Add Enables you to add a view. Currently, you can add two views
at most.

Edit Enables you to set the properties of the IE in the selected


view. Click this button to open the Modify Chart
Properties dialog box. Then you can set the properties of the
IE in the dialog box. For details about parameters, see
Parameter of the Modify Chart Properties dialog box.

Delete Enables you to delete the selected view.

Parameter of the Modify Chart Properties dialog box


Parameter Description

System Network protocol of the IE. The IE matching System is


displayed in the Available area.
For details about the IE, see 14.3 Description of
Information Elements.

Model Displays the name of the configured terminal.

12-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Edit IE Enables you to edit the IE selected in the Selected area. You
can set the maximum value, minimum value, color, and style
of the IE.

Add all Enables you to add all the IEs in the Available area to the
Selected area.

Add Enables you to add the IEs selected in the Available area to
the Selected area.

Remove Enables you to remove the IEs selected in the Selected area
to the Available area.

Remove all Enables you to remove all the IEs in the Selected area to the
Available area.

Selected Displays the added IEs.

Related Tasks
10.3.1 Configuring the Line Chart View

12.21 Parameters for Testing the Forcing Feature of the GSM


This describes the parameters for testing the forcing function of the GSM. You can refer to this
part when setting the parameters for testing the forcing function of the GSM in the GSM Forcing
Feature dialog box.

Parameter Description

Device Indicates the drop-down list of MSs. You can


select only one MS from the drop-down list at a
time.

Serving ARFCN Indicates the ARFCN of the current serving cell.

Forcing Function Indicates whether to use the forcing function of


the GSM.

Function Select Lock Serving Indicates that the ARFCN of the serving cell is
ARFCN (Idle) locked in idle state.

Lock Specific Indicates that the specified ARFCN is locked in


ARFCN (Idle) idle state. After selecting Lock Specific
ARFCN (Idle), you can enter an ARFCN in the
Target ARFCN Setting area or select the
ARFCN of the neighboring cell from this area.

Forbid HO Indicates that the handover is forbidden in


(Dedicated) dedicated state.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Forbid HO Indicates that the handover is performed forcibly


(Dedicated) in dedicated state.

CBA Invert Indicates that the CBA is inverted.

Target ARFCN Input ARFCN This parameter is used to specify the destination
Setting ARFCN. After selecting Input ARFCN, enter
an ARFCN in Target ARFCN.

Select Neighbor This parameter is used to select the ARFCN of


the destination neighboring cell. After selecting
Select Neighbor, select the ARFCN of the
neighboring cell from the text box at the bottom.
The selected ARFCNs of the neighboring cell are
displayed in the Target ARFCN area.

Target ARFCN This area is used to enter the destination ARFCN.

Band Control Indicates whether to use the band control


function of the MS.

Band Setting Indicates the controlled band. After selecting


Band Control, you can select the controlled
band from Band Setting.

MS Current State Indicates the current forcing state of the MS.

Related Tasks
11.2.4 Conducting the GSM Forcing Function Test

12.22 Parameters for WCDMA Forcing Feature Test


This describes the parameters related to the WCDMA forcing feature test. You can refer to this
part when setting WCDMA forcing feature test parameters in the WCDMA Forcing Feature
dialog box.

Parameter Description

Device Select Indicates the drop-down list of the test terminals.


You can select only one terminal each time.

Lock ARFCN Locks the frequency point in idle status. You can
enter the frequency point in Target ARFCN.

Lock Target ARFCN Specifies the target frequency point.


ARFCN&PSC
Input PSC Locks the scramble code in idle status. After
choosing Lock ARFCN&PSC, you can enter or
select the scramble code in PSC Setting.

12-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Select PSC Specifies the target scramble code. After


choosing Select PSC, you can select the
scramble code in the text box below. Then, the
selected scramble code is displayed in the
Target PSC area.

UE Current State Displays the current forcing status of the UE.


Click Inquire UE State. Then, the current
forcing status of the UE is displayed.

Related Tasks
11.2.5 Conducting the WCDMA Forcing Function Test

12.23 Parameter Description: LTE Forcing Feature Test


This section describes the parameters related to the LTE forcing feature test. You can set
parameters related to the LTE forcing feature test in the LTE Forcing Feature dialog box by
referring to this section.

Parameter Description

Device Select Indicates the drop-down list of the UEs. You can
select only one UE each time.

Serving EARFCN Indicates the E-UTRA absolute radio frequency


channel number (EARFCN) used by the serving
cell.

Serving PCI Indicates the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the


serving cell.

Setting EARFCN Indicates the EARFCN used by the locked cell.

PCI Indicates the PCI of the locked cell.

Upper Band Indicates the upper threshold of the locked band.

Lower Band Indicates the lower threshold of the locked band.

MCC Indicates the mobile country code (MCC) for the


locked public land mobile network (PLMN).

MNC Indicates the mobile network code (MNC) for


the locked public land mobile network (PLMN).

PUSCH Power Indicates the transmit power of the locked


physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).

Function Select Lock EARFCN Indicates the locked EARFCN of the serving
cell.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Lock EARFCN Indicates the specified EARFCN and PCI that


and PCI are locked.

Lock Band Indicates the locked frequency band.

Lock PLMN Indicates the locked PLMN.


According to the MCC and MNC, the UE camps
on a specific PLMN after the network is locked.

CBA Invert Indicates that the CBA turnover is performed on


a cell or all cells.

Lock PUSCH Indicates the transmit power of the locked


Power PUSCH.

Related Tasks
11.2.6 Conducting the LTE Forcing Function Test

12.24 Parameters for Performing the C/A Measurement of


the GSM
This describes the parameters for performing the C/A measurement of the GSM. You can refer
to this part when setting parameters for performing the C/A measurement of the GSM in the
GSM C/A Setting dialog box.

Parameter Description

Device Select Indicates the drop-down list of MSs. You can


select only one MS from the drop-down list at a
time.

MS C/A State OFF Indicates that the C/A measurement is disabled.

1 Channel (-1, +1) Indicates two neighboring ARFCNs of the


current serving cell. For example, if the ARFCN
of the current serving cell is 80, the level
difference between the current serving cell and
the cells whose ARFCNs are 79 and 81 is
respectively calculated in C/A measurement.

2 Channel (+2, +1, Indicates four neighboring ARFCNs of the


-1, -2) current serving cell. For example, if the ARFCN
of the current serving cell is 80, the level
difference between the current serving cell and
the cells whose ARFCNs are 78, 79, 81, and 82
is respectively calculated in C/A measurement.

12-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Apply Indicates that the parameters for performing the


C/A measurement take effect, and then the MS
performs the C/A measurement.
l If the C/A measurement is successful, the
system displays C/A Setting Command
send successfully.
l If the C/A measurement is failed, the system
displays C/A Setting Command send
unsuccessfully. In such a case, you
need to set the parameters again to perform
the C/A measurement.
l If no response is received in two seconds, the
system displays C/A Setting Command
send Timeout. In such a case, you need
to set the parameters or click Apply again to
perform the C/A measurement.

Search MS State Indicates the latest C/A state of the MS, which is
displayed in the MS C/A State area.
l If OFF is performed successfully, the system
displays Phones C/A measurements
NOT be set.
l If 1 Channel (-1, +1) is performed
successfully, the system displays Phones
C/A measurements be set to
measure 1 channel (±1).
l If 2 Channel (+2, +1, -1, -2) is performed
successfully, the system displays Phones
C/A measurements be set to
measure 2 channels (±1, ±2).

MS C/A State Indicates the C/A measurement state of the


current MS.

Related Tasks
11.2.2 Conducting GSM C/A Measurements

12.25 Parameters for Exporting the Data


This describes the parameters for exporting data. You can refer to this part when converting
a .gen file to the file in other formats or converting a .phu file to a .gen file.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameters for Converting a Logfile to a Binary File (Clear Multi-f)


Parameter Description

Log Wizard - Step Two dialog box

Source Enables you to select the source file. You can


click the icon next to Source to select the
logfile to be exported.

Destination Enables you to set the file name and the save
path. You can click the icon next to
Destination to set the save path and file name
of the exported test data.

File Information area Total Indicates the number of data package


contained in the selected logfile.

Start Indicates the start time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

End Indicates the end time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

Packet Selection area Index Enables you to set the range of the data
package contained in the exported test data.
Index indicates that the location of the data
package is used as the range of the data
package.

Time Enables you to set the range of the data


package contained in the exported test data.
Time indicates that the record time of the
data package is used as the range of the data
package.

Start Enables you to set the start value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
start data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the start time.

End Enables you to set the end value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
end data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the end time.

Log Wizard - Step Three dialog box

Log Selection area Device Indicates the list of the device contained in
the logfile.

Log Enables you to select the test data to be


exported.

12-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Explore the Exporting Destination Enables you to set whether to automatically


open the exported file. If you select Explore
the Exporting Destination, the folder of the
exported file is automatically opened after
exporting data is complete.

Parameters for Converting a Logfile to a Binary File (Select Multi-f)


Parameter Description

Log Wizard - Step Two dialog box

Source Indicates the list of the selected logfile.

Add Enables you to select the source file. You can


click Add to select the logfile to be exported.

Delete Enables you to delete the selected logfile in the


Source area.

Destination area Displays the save path and file name of the
exported test data.

Open Enables you to set the save path and file name
of the exported test data.

Selected Source File Indicates the size of the selected logfile in the
File Information Source area. The unit is MB.
area
Total Indicates the number of data packages
contained in the selected logfile in the
Source area.

Start Displays the time at which the system


completes recording the data in the logfile
selected in the Source area.

End Displays the time at which the system


completes recording the data in the logfile
selected in the Source area.

Log Wizard - Step Three dialog box

Log Selection area Device Indicates the list of the device contained in the
logfile.

Log Enables you to select the test data to be


exported.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Explore the Exporting Destination Enables you to set whether to automatically


open the exported file. If you select Explore
the Exporting Destination, the folder of the
exported file is automatically opened after
exporting data is complete.

Parameters for Converting a Logfile to a CSV File


Parameter Description

Log Wizard - Step Two dialog box

Time Formation Enables you to select the time formation for


the first column of the exported CSV file. The
options are as follows:
l GMT: Indicates the GMT time when the
data package is parsed. The format is
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
l TickCount: Indicates the Tick value of
the CPU when the data package is parsed.
The unit is ms.

Source Enables you to select the source file. You can


click the icon next to Source to select the
logfile to be exported.

Destination Enables you to set the file name and the save
path. You can click the icon next to
Destination to set the save path and file name
of the exported test data.

File Information area Total Indicates the number of data package


contained in the selected logfile.

Start Indicates the start time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

End Indicates the end time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

Packet Selection area Index Enables you to set the range of the data
package contained in the exported test data.
Index indicates that the location of the data
package is used as the range of the data
package.

12-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Time Enables you to set the range of the data


package contained in the exported test data.
Time indicates that the record time of the
data package is used as the range of the data
package.

Start Enables you to set the start value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
start data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the start time.

End Enables you to set the end value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
end data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the end time.

Log Wizard - Step Three dialog box

Log Selection area Device Indicates the list of the device contained in
the logfile.

Log Enables you to select the test data to be


exported.

Explore the Exporting Destination Enables you to set whether to automatically


open the exported file. If you select Explore
the Exporting Destination, the folder of the
exported file is automatically opened after
exporting data is complete.

Log Wizard - Step Four dialog box

Time Formation Enables you to select the time formation. You


can select GMT and TickCount.

Separate Character Comma Enables you to separate exported CSV files


by using commas.

Tab Enables you to separate exported CSV files


by using tabs.

Semicolon Enables you to separate exported CSV files


by using semicolons.

Customize Enables you to customize the separator (you


can enter the character.)

Set Text Output Character The exported CSV files contains the column.
to head

Output unit The exported CSV files contains the unit.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameters for Converting a Logfile to an MDM File


Parameter Description

Log Wizard - Step Two dialog box

Source Enables you to select the source file. You can


click the icon next to Source to select the
logfile to be exported.

Destination Enables you to set the file name and the save
path. You can click the icon next to
Destination to set the save path and file name
of the exported test data.

File Information area Total Indicates the number of data package


contained in the selected logfile.

Start Indicates the start time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

End Indicates the end time of recording the data


of the selected logfile.

Packet Selection area Index Enables you to set the range of the data
package contained in the exported test data.
Index indicates that the location of the data
package is used as the range of the data
package.

Time Enables you to set the range of the data


package contained in the exported test data.
Time indicates that the record time of the
data package is used as the range of the data
package.

Start Enables you to set the start value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
start data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the start time.

End Enables you to set the end value of the


exported test data. If the data is exported by
Index, you need to enter the location of the
end data package. If the data is exported by
Time, you need to enter the end time.

Log Wizard - Step Three dialog box

Log Selection area Device Indicates the list of the device contained in
the logfile.

Log Enables you to select the test data to be


exported.

12-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 12 Interface Reference of the Probe

Parameter Description

Explore the Exporting Destination Enables you to set whether to automatically


open the exported file. If you select Explore
the Exporting Destination, the folder of the
exported file is automatically opened after
exporting data is complete.

Parameters for Converting a PHU File to a Logfile


Parameter Description

Log Wizard - Step Two dialog box

PHU File Enables you to select the source file. Click


following PHU File to select the PHU file
to be exported.

Destination File Enables you to set the save path and file
name. Click following Destination File
to set the save path and file name of the
exported test data.

File Information area IMSI Displays the mobile subscriber identity


(IMSI) of the PHU.

Start Time Displays the time when the PHU data is


recorded.

Explore the Exporting Destination Enables you to set whether to automatically


open the exported file. If you select Explore
the Exporting Destination, the folder of the
exported file is automatically open after the
data exporting is complete.

Related Tasks
9.4 Exporting Logfiles

12.26 Parameters for Configuring the Data Export Format of


the Scanner
This describes the parameters for configuring the export format of the CW data of the PCTel
DTI scanner. You can refer to this part when exporting the CW data of the PCTel DTI scanner.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12-51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
12 Interface Reference of the Probe User Guide

Parameter Description

Columns Data Type Indicates the test data type. Currently, only CW data
is supported.
The parameter is valid when CW Channel or CW
RSSI is selected in the Log area of the Log Wizard
- Step Three dialog box.

Column Header Indicates the header of a column in the file.

Reset Indicates the reset button. It is used to reset the header


modified in Column Header to the default header.

Display Date & Time Indicates whether the data and the time are displayed
with two columns in the same column.

Format GPS Indicates the format of GPS information. You can


select the following values:
l Decimal fraction: Display GPS information in
the format of angle.
l Degree: Display GPS information in the format
of degree, minute, and second.

Date & Time Indicates the format of the date and time.

Display with quotation Indicates that the date and time are enclosed with
marks quotation marks.

Frequency Indicates the unit of frequency.

File Size FileSize Limited Indicates the size of an exported file. You can select
the following values:
l Records: indicates that the size of the exported
file is determined by the number of data packets
specified in Count.
l Sizes: indicates that the size of the exported file
is the size specified in Count.

GPS information is Indicates whether the exported file includes GPS


necessary information. If the parameter is selected, the
exported file includes GPS information. If the
parameter is not selected, the exported file does not
include GPS information.

CW Data Binning by distance Indicates to filter CW data by distance.

Threshold Lower Limit Indicates the threshold of the RSSI. The threshold
ranges from Lower Limit to Upper Limit, in dBm.
Threshold Upper Limit

Related Tasks
9.4 Exporting Logfiles

12-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

13 FAQs

About This Chapter

This describes the problems that may occur during the use of the software and the corresponding
causes. This also describes how to solve these problems. This also describes the using skills.

13.1 Problems Related to Software Start


This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem related to
software start.
13.2 Problems Related to Device Connections
This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem that the external
device fails to be connected.
13.3 Problems Related to Views
This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem related to the
views.
13.4 Problems Related to Tests
This describes the problems that result in test failures due to the malfunction of the Probe, and
provides the possible causes and solutions.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

13.1 Problems Related to Software Start


This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem related to
software start.

13.1.1 What Should I Do When the Verification of the Dongle Fails?


13.1.2 What Should I Do When the License Check Fails?
13.1.3 How to Install the East Asian Language Package?
13.1.4 How to Uninstall the Main Program
13.1.5 How to Uninstall the GENEX Shared Components

13.1.1 What Should I Do When the Verification of the Dongle Fails?

Symptom
The Probe cannot be started normally and the system displays Lock Error:Verify Lock
Failed.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the fault that the Probe fails to verify the dongle are as follows:

l The dongle is plugged in improperly.


l The system time is changed before the Probe is started.
l The dongle expires.
l The GENEX Shared is abnormal.
l Other dongles exist.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the dongle is plugged in.

Step 2 Check whether the connection between the dongle and the USB port is normal.

Step 3 Check whether the dongle drive is installed correctly. It is recommended that you reinstall the
dongle drive.

Step 4 Check whether the system time is changed. Do not change the system time before starting the
Probe. The dongle controls the authority through the system time. The system time must be the
current time or later than the current time.

Step 5 Check whether the dongle expires. The license of the dongle that expires cannot be used. You
need to apply for a new license.

Step 6 Check whether the GENEX Shared components are installed properly. It is recommended that
you reinstall the GENEX Shared components.

13-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

Step 7 Check whether another dongle exists and whether a dongle conflicts with the dongle of the
Probe. It is recommended that you uninstall the Sentinal Drive and reinstall the GENEX Shared.

----End

13.1.2 What Should I Do When the License Check Fails?


Symptom
When the license edition of the Probe is used, the message Error: ESN is not
correct! is displayed and the Probe cannot be started properly.

Possible Causes
The ESN changes and cannot match the license.

Procedure
l Use the dongle edition of the Probe.
l Apply for multiple licenses based on the number of network adapters on the PC.
The Probe cannot identify the ESN of the hard disk on the PC because of PC configuration.
In this case, the Probe selectively identifies the ESN of the network adapter on the PC. If
multiple network adapters exist on the PC, the network adapter ESN changes after the
operating system is started. Therefore, you are advised to apply for licenses based on the
number of network adapters on the PC. When the message Error: ESN is not
correct! is displayed, load the corresponding license file to the system again.

----End

13.1.3 How to Install the East Asian Language Package?


Question
The system displays Selected collating sequence not supported by the
operating system when the Probe is started in the operating system of non-Chinese
version.

Answer
1. Choose Start > Control Panel > Regional and Language Options.
2. In the Regional and Language Options dialog box, click the Languages tab page.
3. Select Install files for East Asian languages and install the files for East Asian languages
as the system prompts you.

13.1.4 How to Uninstall the Main Program


Question
How to uninstall the main program?

Answer

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

After the Probe main program is uninstalled, the PSTN SQE Server and system templates are
deleted but the operation logs and recorded logfiles are left.

Step 1 Choose Start > All Programs > GENEX Drive Test Solution > GENEX Probe 2.3 > Uninstall
Probe. The uninstalling interface is displayed.
Step 2 Choose Remove.
Step 3 Click Next.
Step 4 In the displayed dialog box for confirmation, click Yes.
Step 5 After the installation is complete, click Finish.

----End

13.1.5 How to Uninstall the GENEX Shared Components


Question
How to uninstall the GENEX shared components?

Answer
The GENEX shared components remain after the Probe main program is uninstalled. You can
determine whether to uninstall the GENEX shared components according to the actual situation.

Step 1 Choose Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
Step 2 In the displayed Add or Remove Programs window, click Change or Remove Programs.
Step 3 Choose Shared.
Step 4 Click Delete.
Step 5 In the uninstall interface displayed, choose Remove.
Step 6 Click Next.
Step 7 In the displayed dialog box for confirmation, click OK.
Step 8 After the installation is complete, click Finish.

----End

13.2 Problems Related to Device Connections


This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem that the external
device fails to be connected.
13.2.1 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the MS Fails?
13.2.2 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the Scanner Fails?
13.2.3 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the GPS Fails?

13-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

13.2.4 What Should I Do When the Mouse Becomes Invalid After the GPS Is Connected to the
PC?
13.2.5 What Should I Do When the PCTel DTI Scanner Fails to Receive the GPS Signals?
13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE UE?

13.2.1 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the MS


Fails?

Symptom
After the MS is connected to the PC, the Probe fails to search for the MS and fails to check the
connection status of the MS. The system displays The MS cannot be connected!.

Possible Causes
l The MS is not connected correctly.
l The MS parameters are not set correctly.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the connection between the MS and the USB port or COM port is normal.

Step 2 Check whether the USB drive is installed properly.


1. Right-click My Computer..
2. Choose Manage from the shortcut menu to open the Computer Management dialog box.
3. Click the Device Manager node.
4. Check whether the corresponding MS port exists under the Ports (COM & LPT)
navigation tree, and check whether the MS port is normal. If the port works abnormally,
reinstall the drive.

Step 3 Check whether the port is correct.

1. On the Probe main interface, click the icon on the Configuration tab page in the
navigation area to open the Device Configure dialog box.
2. In the device list of the Device Configure dialog box, double-click the MS.
3. Check whether the settings in the Device Configure dialog box are consistent with the
settings of the MS. If the settings are inconsistent, set the settings again.

----End

13.2.2 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the Scanner
Fails?

Symptom
After the scanner is connected to the PC, the Probe fails to search for the scanner and fails to
check the connection status of the scanner.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

Possible Causes
l The scanner is not connected correctly.
l On the Probe, the scanner parameters are not set correctly.
l Settings of the scanner parameters are inconsistent with the parameters on the Probe.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the connection between the scanner and the parallel port or USB port is normal.

Step 2 In the Device Configure window on the Probe, check whether the settings of the port ID, baud
rate, and GPS model are correct.
Step 3 Check whether the scanner protocol is set to Direct and whether the setting of the baud rate of
the scanner is consistent with the setting of the baud rate on the Probe. Default settings, such as
8 data bit, 1 stop bit, and no parity check, are used for the other elements.

----End

13.2.3 What Should I Do When the Probe Searching for the GPS
Fails?
Symptom
After the GPS is connected to the PC, the Probe fails to search for the GPS and fails to check
the connection status of the GPS.

Possible Causes
l The GPS is not connected correctly.
l On the Probe, the GPS parameters are not set correctly.
l The Probe does not support the interface protocol of the GPS.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the connection between the GPS and the parallel port or USB port is normal.

Step 2 In the Device Configure window on the Probe, check whether the settings of the port ID, baud
rate, and GPS model are correct.
Step 3 Check whether the interface protocol of the GPS is set correctly. Currently, the Probe supports
the GPS based on the NEMA0183.

----End

13.2.4 What Should I Do When the Mouse Becomes Invalid After


the GPS Is Connected to the PC?
Symptom
The mouse of the PC cannot be used normally after the GPS is connected. The pointer moves
randomly in a large scale on the screen.

13-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

Possible Causes
The system mistakes the GPS as the PS/2 mouse.

Procedure
Step 1 Right-click My Computer and choose Properties to open the System Properties dialog box.

Step 2 On the Hardware tab page, click Device Manager.

Step 3 In the Device Manager window, expand the Mice and Other Pointing Devices node.

Step 4 Right-click Microsoft PS/2 Mouse and choose Properties to open the Microsoft PS/2 Mouse
Properties dialog box.

Step 5 On the Driver tab page of the Microsoft PS/2 Mouse Properties dialog box, click Uninstall.

Step 6 In the displayed Confirm Device Removal dialog box, click OK.

----End

13.2.5 What Should I Do When the PCTel DTI Scanner Fails to


Receive the GPS Signals?

Symptom
The GPS module of the PCTel DTI equipment does not report data.

Possible Causes
l The GPS module does not receive sufficient satellite signals.
l The GPS module of the PCTel DTI equipment does not function.
l The GPS module of the PCTel DTI equipment is damaged.

Procedure
Step 1 Find out whether the GPS signals are blocked.

Step 2 Connect the testing PC with external handset GPS device. The recommended model is GARMIN
60.

Step 3 Send the PCTel DTI equipment to the specified servicing station to repair.

----End

13.2.6 How to Configure an LTE UE?

Question
Before performing service tests in the LTE network, the Probe must be configured with LTE
UEs. How can I configure an LTE UE?

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

Answer
Step 1 Connect an LTE UE to a PC.
Two Ethernet ports and one serial port on the PC are used to connect to the debug Ethernet port
(ETH) and service Ethernet port (FE/GE) on the UE.
l A Y-shaped cable is connected to the debug Ethernet port on the UE. The connector (Debug)
of the Y-shaped cable is connected to the serial port on the PC through a serial cable. The
connector (Ethernet) of the Y-shaped cable is connected to one Ethernet port on the PC
through an Ethernet cable. For details, see Figure 13-1.
l The service Ethernet port on the UE is connected to the other Ethernet port on the PC through
an Ethernet cable.

Figure 13-1 Y-shaped cable

The connector numbered 1 is used to connect to the LTE UE.

The connector numbered 2 is used to connect to the Ethernet port on the PC.

The connector numbered 3 is used to connect to the serial port on the PC.

Step 2 Query the IP address of the host through the HyperTerminal provided by the Windows operating
system. For details, see Figure 13-2.
NOTE

When configuring an LTE UE on the Probe, you must ensure that the typed value of UE IP is the same as
the queried IP address of the host.

13-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

Figure 13-2 Querying the IP address of the host

e indicates the IP address of the target board, that is, the IP address of the debug Ethernet port of the UE board.

h indicates the IP address of the host, that is, the IP address of the PC that is used to control and communicate
with the UE board. The IP address of the host must be on the same network segment as the IP address of the
debug Ethernet port on the target board.

Step 3 Start the OMT tool.


1. Type the IP address of the host queried in Step 2 in IP.
2. Click OK. The OMT tool is started.
Step 4 Configure parameters that are used for tests on the OMT.
Parameter Description Source

IMSI Indicates the The core network (CN) allocates the IMSI to
international mobile a UE.
subscriber identity
(IMSI) of a UE.

PLMN ID Indicates the ID of a This parameter is determined by the operator


public land mobile network where a UE accesses.
network (PLMN)
where a UE camps on.
It is composed of
mobile network code
(MNC) and mobile
country code (MCC).

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

Parameter Description Source

Freq Indicates the E- This parameter setting must be consistent with


UTRA absolute radio that of the eNodeB.
frequency channel
number (EARFCN)
of a UE.

Bandwidth Indicates the This parameter setting must be consistent with


bandwidth supported that of the eNodeB.
by a UE.

FDD/TDD Mode Indicates whether the This parameter setting must be consistent with
FDD or TDD mode is that of the eNodeB.
adopted.

Step 5 Run the following command to set the IP address of the service Ethernet port on the PC in
command mode:
You must set the IP address of the PC network interface card (NIC) that is connected to the
service Ethernet port of a UE to the service IP address of the UE on the core network side.
arp -s IP address of the PC NIC MAC address of the UE Service IP address of the UE on the
core network side

NOTE

l IP address of the PC NIC: indicates the IP address of the PC NIC that is connected to the service
Ethernet port of the UE.
l Service IP address of the UE: indicates the service IP address of the UE. You can obtain it from the
core network.
Run the following command to check the configuration result:
arp -a

Step 6 Run the following command to set the route in command mode:
route add IP address of the PC NIC mask Subnet mask Service IP address of the UE -p

NOTE

l IP address of the PC NIC: indicates the IP address of the PC NIC that is connected to the service
Ethernet port of the UE.
l Service IP address of the UE: indicates the service IP address of the UE. You can obtain it from the
core network.
l p: indicates the permanent route.
Run the following command to check the configuration result:
route print

----End

13.3 Problems Related to Views


This describes the possible cause of and the processing method for the problem related to the
views.

13-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

13.3.1 What Should I Do When Opening the Map View Fails?


13.3.2 What Should I Do When Opening the Chart View Fails?
13.3.3 What Should I Do When Importing Engineering Parameters Fails?
13.3.4 What Should I Do If No Data Is Displayed in the WCDMA View Windows?

13.3.1 What Should I Do When Opening the Map View Fails?

Symptom
The Probe fails to open the map windows, including the indoor test map window and outdoor
test map window. The system displays Please install the MapX plug-in.

Possible Causes
The GENEX Shared component package is not installed, or it is damaged.

Procedure
Step 1 Reinstall the GENEX Shared component package.

----End

13.3.2 What Should I Do When Opening the Chart View Fails?

Symptom
The Probe fails to open the chart window. The system displays Failed to Create
TeeChart Control! Be sure to have installed it.

Possible Causes
The GENEX Shared component package is not installed, or it is damaged.

Procedure
Step 1 Reinstall the GENEX Shared component package.

----End

13.3.3 What Should I Do When Importing Engineering Parameters


Fails?

Symptom
Exceptions occur when the Probe imports engineering parameters.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

Possible Causes
l The network protocol that is selected during the import of engineering parameters is
different from the actual network protocol of the engineering parameters.
l Any of the values of the mandatory fields in the engineering parameter table does not meet
the requirements for the Probe.
l The Microsoft Office 2003 or higher is not installed in the PC.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the network protocol selected during the import of engineering parameters is the
same as the actual network protocol.

For details about how to import engineering parameters, see 6.2 Importing Engineering
Parameters.

To rectify this fault, do as follows:

Step 2 Check whether the values of the mandatory fields in the engineering parameter table meet the
requirements for the Probe.

For details about engineering parameters, see 6.1 Engineering Parameters Supported in
Different Network Systems.

Step 3 If the system prompts Open Excel Failed! Please check the Excel
Version!, install the Microsoft Office 2003 or higher.

----End

13.3.4 What Should I Do If No Data Is Displayed in the WCDMA


View Windows?

Symptom
When the Probe performs WCDMA tests, no data is displayed in the following view windows:
AMR Codecs, Vocoder Usage, Cell Search, DRX Mode, and RACH and PRACH.

Possible Causes
When configuring terminals on the Probe, you do not select data packets related to the WCDMA
test in the Filter dialog box. As a result, no data is displayed in the related view windows.

Procedure
l When configuring terminals, select data packets related to the WCDMA test in the Filter
dialog box.

For details, see 7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected.

Table 13-1 shows data packets that need to be selected.

13-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

Table 13-1 Data packets need to be selected

View Window Data Packet


Name

AMR Codecs l Ox7143


l 0x7144

Vocoder Usage l 0x5079


l Ox7143
l 0x7144

Cell Search l Ox414C


l Ox4018
l Ox414D
l Ox4019
l Ox414E
l Ox401A

DRX Mode Ox4004

RACH and l Ox4106


PRACH l Ox4160
l Ox410D

----End

13.4 Problems Related to Tests


This describes the problems that result in test failures due to the malfunction of the Probe, and
provides the possible causes and solutions.
13.4.1 What Should I Do When FTP Service Tests Fail?
13.4.2 What Should I Do When Invalid MOS Values Are Generated?
13.4.3 What Should I Do When UE Fails to Access the Network During the LTE Forcing Feature
Test?
13.4.4 How to Convert Frequencies into UARFCNs (WCDMA)?
13.4.5 What Should I Do When the Automatic Answer Setting of Huawei U1251 Is Invalid?

13.4.1 What Should I Do When FTP Service Tests Fail?


Symptom
l Symptom I: Activating PDP contexts failed and the FTP service test cannot be performed
normally.
l Symptom II: Activating PDP contexts succeeded; however, the FTP service test still cannot
be performed normally.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

l Symptom III: The FTP upload or FTP download is disrupted.

Possible Causes
Table 13-2 lists the fault causes.

Table 13-2 Fault cause

Fault Symptom Possible Cause

Symptom I l The modem port is not configured or the configuration is


incorrect.
l The APN is not set.
l The configuration of the dial-up encryption protocol is incorrect.
l The FTP server does not work.

Symptom II The properties of the FTP upload or FTP download test item are set
incorrectly.

Symptom III l The network is blocked.


l The FTP server is overloaded.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the modem port is configured.

1. On the Probe main interface, click . The Device Configure dialog box is displayed.
2. Check the value in the ModemPort column.
If the value in the ModemPort column of the corresponding device is Not Configure, you
can infer that the modem port is not configured. Then, you need to configure the modem
port of the device. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.
Step 2 Check whether the configuration of the modem port is correct.

1. On the Probe main interface, click . The Device Configure dialog box is displayed.
View the port number in the ModemPort column.
2. In the Device Manager window, right-click the corresponding device under the Modem
node, select Properties, and then view the actual port number of the device on the
Modem tab page.
If the set port number is different from the actual port number, you need to configure the
modem port again. For details, see 7.3 Configuring External Devices.
Step 3 Check whether the setting of the APN is correct.
For details, see 8.5.1 Setting the APN (GSM/WCDMA).
Step 4 Check whether the setting of the dial-up encryption protocol is correct.
Check and ensure that the setting of Security Protocol of the Dial Up test item is correct. For
the description of the Dial Up test item, see 14.1 Description of Test Items.
Step 5 Check whether the properties of the FTP Upload or FTP Download test item are set correctly.

13-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

For the description of the FTP Upload and FTP Download test items, see 14.1 Description of
Test Items.

----End

13.4.2 What Should I Do When Invalid MOS Values Are Generated?

Symptom
l Symptom I: The SQE (MS-PSTN) test fails to be performed.
l Symptom II: The SpeechView of the PSTN SQE Server contains invalid MOS values, that
is, certain MOS values are smaller than 2.5.

Possible Causes
Table 13-3 lists the fault causes.

Table 13-3 Fault cause

Fault Symptom Possible Cause

Symptom I l The version number of the Probe is incorrect.


l The used test terminal is not Huawei U120e PHU, Huawei U1205
PHU or Huawei U6100 PHU.
l The version number of the PHU is incorrect.
l The RBT service of the PHU is not disabled.

Symptom II The invalid MOS value may be caused by network problems if the
following reasons are excluded.
l The speech samples used by the Probe and PSTN SQE Server are
different.
l Other operations are performed on the keypad of the test MS.
l An extension may be connected to the PSTN telephone cable that
is connected to the PSTN SQE Server.
l The configuration of the PC installed with the PSTN SQE Server
does not meet the requirement.

Procedure
Step 1 Check the version number of the Probe.

Use the Probe V200R002C01SPC010 or a later version.

On the main interface of the Probe, choose Help > About PROBE to view the version number
of the Probe.

Step 2 Check the version number of the PHU.

Use the PHU V100R002C01B010SPC110 or a later version.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

For details on how to view the version number of the PHU, see the help of the PHU.

Step 3 Check whether the speech samples used by the Probe and PSTN SQE Server are the same.

1. On the main interface of the Probe, click . The Test Plan Control window is displayed.
View the value of the Sample Type property of the SQE (MS-PSTN) test item.

2. On the main interface of the PSTN SQE Server, click . The Test Plan Editor window
is displayed. View the values of the Sample Time and Language Of Sample properties
of the SQE test item.

If the time of playing the speech sample and the language type of the speech sample are
different, reconfigure the two properties of the SQE (MS-PSTN) and SQE test items.

----End

13.4.3 What Should I Do When UE Fails to Access the Network


During the LTE Forcing Feature Test?

Symptom
During the LTE forcing feature test, the UE fails to access the network if the locked ARFCN or
PCI does not exist. The problem persists when users click Reset in the LTE Forcing Feature
dialog box. What should I do?

Possible Causes
When the UE fails to access the network, click Reset in the LTE Forcing Feature dialog box.
After that, the UE does not respond.

Procedure
l Start the UE by using the OMT so that the UE can access the network successfully.

----End

13.4.4 How to Convert Frequencies into UARFCNs (WCDMA)?

Question
In the WCDMA, how to convert frequencies into UARFCNs?

Answer
l Convert frequencies into UARFCNs.
– Uplink
Uplink UARFCN = 5 × (FUL - FUL_Offset). FUL indicates the uplink carrier frequency,
and the range is from FUL_low to FUL_high. FUL_Offset indicates the UARFCN formula
offset.
– Downlink

13-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 13 FAQs

Downlink UARFCN = 5 × (FDL - FDL_Offset). FDL indicates the downlink carrier


frequency, and the range is from FDL_low to FDL_high. FDL_Offset indicates the UARFCN
formula offset.

For parameters in the formula are defined in Figure 13-3 and Figure 13-4.

Figure 13-3 UARFCN definition (general)

Figure 13-4 UARFCN definition (additional channels)

----End

13.4.5 What Should I Do When the Automatic Answer Setting of


Huawei U1251 Is Invalid?

Question
How do I solve the problem that the automatic answer setting of Huawei U1251 is invalid?

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
13 FAQs User Guide

Answer
l Check whether Huawei U1251 is connected to earphones.
The automatic answer function can be enabled only after you connect Huawei U1251 to
earphones. Otherwise, the automatic answer setting is invalid.
----End

13-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

14 Appendix

About This Chapter

This describes the test items, information elements (IEs), predefined events, and keyboard
shortcuts supported by the Probe. You can refer to these parameters when you collect or view
data through the Probe.

14.1 Description of Test Items


This describes the test items of the MS, Scanner, and PSTN SQE Server and describes properties
of all test items. You can refer to this part and perform the related operations when designing a
test plan.
14.2 Description of Predefined Events
This describes the system predefined events of the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, WiMAX and
LTE networks. You can refer to this part when configuring event parameters on each network.
14.3 Description of Information Elements
This describes the MS and Scanner information elements supported by the Probe. You can refer
to this part when browsing the information about information elements in the view window.
14.4 Keyboard Shortcuts
This describes certain keyboard shortcuts of the Probe.
14.5 PSTN SQE Server
This provides the guidelines for using the PSTN SQE Server and methods for speech quality
evaluation. The PSTN SQE Server is an important component of the speech evaluation solution
of Huawei GENEX series. The PSTN SQE Server is deployed on the PSTN as the application
management program and is used to test the speech quality evaluation on the uplink and downlink
of the GSM and WCDMA networks.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

14.1 Description of Test Items


This describes the test items of the MS, Scanner, and PSTN SQE Server and describes properties
of all test items. You can refer to this part and perform the related operations when designing a
test plan.

14.1.1 Test Items Supported in Different Networks


This describes the test items supported various systems. You can refer to this part when designing
the test plan, and then complete related settings.
14.1.2 Test Items of MSs
This describes the MS test items and their properties. You can refer to this part when designing
a test plan for the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, WiMAX, or LTE MS, and then perform the related
operations.
14.1.3 Test Items of PCTel Scanners
This describes the PCTel scanner test items and their properties. You can refer to this part when
designing a test plan for the PCTel scanner, and then perform the related operations.
14.1.4 Test Items of Anritsu Scanners
This describes the Anritsu scanner test items and their properties. You can refer to this part when
designing a test plan for the Anritsu scanner, and then perform the related operations.
14.1.5 Test Items of Rohde & Schwarz Scanners
This describes the Rohde & Schwarz TSMX scanner test items and their properties. You can
refer to this part when designing a test plan for the Rohde & Schwarz TSMX scanner, and then
perform the related operations.

Related Tasks
8.4 Designing Test Plans

14.1.1 Test Items Supported in Different Networks


This describes the test items supported various systems. You can refer to this part when designing
the test plan, and then complete related settings.

Test Items Supported by the GSM/WCDMA


This describes the test items supported by the GSM and WCDMA.

Test Item Description

AMR E2E Delay (MS-MS) Indicates the test of the delay in sending AMR
packets from the calling terminal to the called
terminal, which can be used to detect the end-to-
end delay in a voice call.

AT Control Indicates the access terminal (AT) command test.

Dial Up/Hang Up Indicates the dial-up test.

Email Indicates the email sending test.

14-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Test Item Description

FTP Download Indicates the FTP download test. It enables you


to detect the network performance when
downloading files.

FTP Upload Indicates the FTP upload test. It enables you to


detect the network performance when uploading
files.

HTTP Indicates the HTTP test. It enables you to detect


the network performance when accessing the
specified web page.

KeyEmul Indicates the key emulation test.

Loop Indicates the loop implementation of multiple test


items.

PS Attach/PS Detach Indicates the attach or detach test of PS services.

MMS Indicates the multimedia message service


(MMS) test. It enables you to detect the network
performance when sending multimedia files.

Multi-FTP Indicates the test of simultaneous FTP upload and


download of a terminal.

Multi-RAB Indicates the test of CS and PS concurrence.

PDP Indicates the test of activating or deactivating the


packet data protocol (PDP).

Ping Indicates the network connectivity test.

SMS Indicates the short message service (SMS) test.

Async SQE(MS-MS) Indicates the bidirectional speech quality


evaluation test between MSs.

SQE(MS-PSTN) Indicates the uplink and downlink speech quality


evaluation test between the MS and the PSTN
SQE Server.

Sync SQE(MS-MS) Indicates the unidirectional speech quality


evaluation test between MSs.

Video Phone Indicates the video phone test.


It is supported by the WCDMA only.

Video Streaming Indicates the video streaming test.


It is supported by the WCDMA only.

Voice Call Indicates the voice call test.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Test Item Description

Wait Indicates the wait duration, that is, the time from
the previous test item execution to the beginning
of the next test item execution.

WAP Download Indicates the wireless application protocol


(WAP) download test.

WAP Gateway Connection Indicates the WAP gateway connection test.

WAP Logon Indicates the WAP login test.

WAP Page Refresh Indicates the WAP page refreshing test.

Test Items Supported in the CDMA Network


This describes the test items supported by the CDMA.

Test Item Description

Dial Up/Hang Up Indicates the dial-up test.

FTP Download Indicates the FTP download test. It enables you to


detect the network performance when downloading
files.

FTP Upload Indicates the FTP upload test. It enables you to detect
the network performance when uploading files.

HTTP Indicates the HTTP test. It enables you to detect the


network performance when accessing the specified
web page.

Loop Indicates the loop implementation of multiple test


items.

MMS Indicates the multimedia message service (MMS)


test. It enables you to detect the network performance
when sending multimedia files.

Ping Indicates the network connectivity test.

SMS Indicates the short message service (SMS) test.

Voice Call Indicates the voice call test.

Wait Indicates the wait duration, that is, the time from the
previous test item execution to the beginning of the
next test item execution.

Test Items Supported in the WiMAX Network System


This describes the test items supported in the WiMAX network system.

14-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Test Item Description

FTP Download Indicates the FTP download test. It enables you to


detect the network performance when downloading
files.

FTP Upload Indicates the FTP upload test. It enables you to detect
the network performance when uploading files.

HTTP Indicates the HTTP test. It enables you to detect the


network performance when accessing the specified
web page.

NetEntry Indicates the network entry test of the MS.

NetSearch Indicates the Beceem frequency scanning test.

Ping Indicates the network connectivity test.

Wait Indicates the wait duration, that is, the time from the
previous test item execution to the beginning of the next
test item execution.

Test Items Supported by the LTE


This describes the test items supported by the LTE.

Test Item Description

FTP Download Indicates the FTP download test. It enables you to


detect the network performance when downloading
files.

FTP Upload Indicates the FTP upload test. It enables you to detect
the network performance when uploading files.

HTTP Indicates the HTTP test. It enables you to detect the


network performance when accessing the specified
web page.

Iperf Indicates the network performance test of the transfer


control protocol (TCP) and the user datagram protocol
(UDP).

Loop Indicates the loop implementation of multiple test


items.

LTE Attach/LTE Detach Indicates the attach/detach test of data services.

LTE Cell Searching Indicates the cell scanning test on the RRC layer.

LTE Scanning Indicates the RRC spectrum scanning test.

Ping Indicates the network connectivity test.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

14.1.2 Test Items of MSs


This describes the MS test items and their properties. You can refer to this part when designing
a test plan for the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, WiMAX, or LTE MS, and then perform the related
operations.

AMR E2E Delay (GSM/WCDMA)


This section describes the properties of the AMR E2E Delay (MS-MS) test item. You can set
the AMR end-to-end delay test by referring to the following descriptions.
The AMR E2E Delay (MS-MS) test item is used to detect the end-to-end delay in a voice call.

CAUTION
When the AMR end-to-end delay test is performed, the calling and called terminals must be
connected to the same Probe. In addition, when configuring the terminals, you must select the
data packets related to the AMR in LogCode in the Filter dialog box.
l For the calling terminal, Ox7143 need to be selected.
l For the called terminal, 0x7144 need to be selected.
For details, see 7.5 Selecting the Data to Be Collected.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Indicates the destination MS. The MS


Destination MS - is another terminal that is connected
to the Probe.

Destination Number - Indicates the called number.

Test Count - Indicates the number of tests.

Indicates the interval between two


Test Interval Unit: s
tests.

Indicates the maximum time for call


setup.
Setup Timeout Unit: s If the call cannot be set up within the
period specified by this parameter, the
call setup fails.

Indicates the call exceptional interval,


Exceptional Interval Unit: s that is, the time from the previous call
drop to the beginning of the next call.

Indicates the voice file that is played


Speech Sample File -
after a call is set up.

14-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Command Type The values are as follows: Indicates the terminal command type.
l Qualcomm Command: Select the command type according to
This command type is the terminal type. Otherwise, call
applicable to Qualcomm setup initiated by terminals may fail.
chipset-based terminals.
If terminals fail to initiate
calls through Qualcomm
commands, you can
configure a modem port
and set Command
Type to AT Command.
l AT Command: After
you set Command
Type to AT Command,
AT commands can be
issued.
Before setting
Command Type to AT
Command, you need to
check that a modem port
has been configured.
The default value is
Qualcomm Command.

Async SQE(MS-MS) (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the Async SQE(MS-MS) test item. You can refer to this part
when performing a speech quality evaluation test by making calls between the PHU test terminals
(such as Huawei U120e, Huawei U1205, Huawei U6100, or Huawei U1251) configured on two
Probes.
In this scenario, the version numbers of the two PHU terminals must be the same. In addition,
both the PHU terminals must be configured with the Async SQE(MS-MS) test item.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Call Count You can set this property when Indicates the number of calls.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 5.

Call Duration You can set this property when Indicates the call duration.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 120, and the
unit is second.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Call Interval You can set this property when Indicates the call interval.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The value ranges from 1 to 120,
and the default value is 30, and
the unit is second.

Call Mode The values are as follows: Indicates the call mode.
l Outgoing: Refers to the
outgoing call mode.
l Incoming: Refers to the
incoming call mode.
When selecting Incoming,
you need to set Source
Number and SaveFile only.
The default value is Outgoing.

Call Type The values are as follows: Indicates the call type.
l Continuous Call: Refers to a
long call.
l Call by Call: Refers to a short
call, which is controlled by
the number of times a speech
file is played.
The default value is Call by
Call.

Destination You can set this property when Indicates the called number.
Number Call Mode is set to Outgoing.

Exceptional The default value is 10, and the Indicates the call exceptional
Interval unit is second. interval, that is, the time from the
previous call drop to the beginning
of the next call.

MOS Algorithm The values are as follows: Indicates the MOS algorithm.
l PESQ.862.1
l PESQ.862
l PESQ LQ
l PESQ Ie
The default value is PESQ.
862.1.

MOS Direction - Indicates the MOS direction.


The Half duplex mode, that is the
half duplex interaction mode is
supported by the Probe.

14-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Sample Type - Indicates the type of a speech


sample.
The 5s,English type is supported by
the Probe, that is the five seconds
are spent in playing a speech
sample, and the language of the
speech sample is English.

Save All Result You can select Yes or No. Determines whether to save all
Files speech result files.

Source Number You can set this property when Indicates the caller number.
Call Mode is set to Ingoing.

Score Threshold You can set this property when Indicates the number of times for
Save All Result Files is set to scoring the speech quality during
No. the current call process.

Setup Timeout The default value is 25, and the Indicates the maximum time for call
unit is second. setup.
If the call cannot be set up within
the period specified by this
parameter, the call setup fails.

Speech Sample The default speech sample file is Indicates the storage path and name
File Software installation directory of the recorded speech file.
\Bin\SQE\ResultFile
\VQA_Result.wav.

Time Sync You can select Yes or No. Before performing a speech quality
evaluation test, check whether to
synchronize the PC time of the
calling part with the PC time of the
called part.

AT Control (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the AT Control test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the Access Terminal (AT) control test, and then perform the related operations.
The AT commands and their formats supported by different vendors greatly differ in many ways,
therefore, you need to test the AT commands on each MS.

Property Value/Range/ Description


Unit

Test Count The default value Indicates the number of AT control


is 5. tests.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/ Description


Unit

Command Edition - This property is used to edit test


commands. Click the button in the
right area. Then, add multiple test
commands in the displayed AT
Command Edit dialog box.

AT Command Edit dialog box

AT Command Idle Time Unit: s Indicates the idle time.


area
AT The default value Indicates the AT command. The
Command is AT. format of the entered commands
must meet the requirements for the
format of the AT commands.

Add - This parameter is used to add the


values of AT Command and Idle
Time to the list in the left area.

Update - This parameter is used to update the


selected parameters of the
command.

Operate area Up - This parameter is used to move a


command upwards.

Save - This parameter is used to save a


command file.

Delete - This parameter is used to delete a


command.

Load - This parameter is used to load a


command file.

Down - This parameter is used to move a


command downwards.

Dial Up/Hang Up (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)


This describes the properties of the Dial Up and Hang Up test items. You can refer to this part
when performing the data service dial-up connection test, such as FTP, HTTP, Ping, and Wap,
and then perform the related operations.
Dial Up and Hang Up are used to allow several data service sessions to be conducted after one
another. The Dial Up test item enables you to establish a data service connection. The Hang
Up test item enables you to terminate a data service connection.

14-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Test Item Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Dial Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of


dial-up tests.

Test Interval The default value is 3, and Indicates the interval


the unit is second. between two dial-up tests.

Dial User - Indicates the dial-up user


name.
Certain operators require
authentication in order to
establish a data service
connection. Therefore, you
need to enter the user name
before the dial-up
connection.

Dial Password - Indicates the password for


the dial-up connection.
Certain operators require
authentication in order to
establish a data service
connection. Therefore, you
need to enter the user
password before the dial-up
connection.

Phone The default value is *99#. Indicates the phone number


Number for the dial-up connection.

PDP Type You can select IP or PPP. Indicates the protocol used
l IP: Internet Protocol in PDP tests.
l PPP: Point-to-Point
Protocol. It is a link-
layer protocol of point-
to-point links that carry
the data packets of the
network layer.

PDP APN - Indicates the name of the


PDP access point. For
example, the PDP APN of
China Mobile is cmwap or
cmnet.

Timeout You can select 30, 60, 120, Indicates the amount of time
300, or 600. The unit is to wait for the success of
second. dial-up. If the dial-up
connection is not set up
during this period, the dial-
up connection attempt times
out.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Test Item Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Security You can select PAP or Indicates the network


Protocol CHAP. security authentication
l PAP: Password protocol.
Authentication
Protocol. It is used for
authenticating the users
who attempt to log in to
the service system using
the PPP protocol. If the
user name and password
that a user submits to the
PAP needs to be sent to
another program
without encryption, the
PAP protocol must be
used.
l CHAP: Challenge
Handshake
Authentication
Protocol. It is an
acknowledgement mode
used by the PPP server.
It is used for
authenticating a user
when the user initiates a
connection or later.
The default value is
CHAP.

Dial Type You can select RAS or Indicates the dial-up type.
NDIS.
l RAS: Remote Access
Service. It indicates that
the dial-up is performed
through the modem.
l NDIS: Network Driver
Interface Specification.
It indicates that the dial-
up is performed through
a network adapter. In
this case, Network
Card must be set.
Huawei E1820 Card or
Huawei E182E Card is
recommended.

14-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Test Item Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Network Card You can set this property Specifies the network
when Dial Type is set to adapter corresponding to
NDIS. the data card that is in use
currently.
Under the Network
adapters node in the
Device Manager window,
you can view the name of
the network adapter
corresponding to the data
card that is in use currently.

Traffic Class You can select the Indicates the traffic class.
following values:
l background class:
refers to the background
class.
l conversational class:
refers to the
conversational class.
l interactive class: refers
to the interactive class.
l streaming class: refers
to the streaming class.
l subscribed value:
refers to the subscribed
value.
The default value is
background class.

UL Max Rate You can select 32, 64, 128, Indicates the maximum
256, 384, 2048, or 4096. uplink rate.
The unit is kbit/s.

DL Max Rate You can select 32, 64, 128, Indicates the maximum
256, 384, 2048, 4096, or downlink rate.
8192. The unit is kbit/s.

UL You can set this property Indicates the uplink


Guaranteed when Traffic Class is set to guaranteed rate.
Rate conversational class,
streaming class, or
subscribed value.
You can select 32, 64, 128,
256, 384, 2048, or 4096.
The unit is kbit/s.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Test Item Property Value/Range/Unit Description

DL You can set this property Indicates the downlink


Guaranteed when Traffic Class is set to guaranteed rate.
Rate conversational class,
streaming class, or
subscribed value.
You can select 32, 64, 128,
256, 384, 2048, 4096, or
8192. The unit is kbit/s.

Hang Up - - -

Email (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the Email test item. When performing the email sending test,
you can refer to the following descriptions.
Before performing the Email test, you must perform the Dial Up test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

From - Indicates the email address of the


originator.

To - Indicates the email address of the


destination.

Subject - Indicates the email subject.

Body Text - Indicates the email body text.

Attachment - Indicates the name of file to enclose


with the email as attachment
(optional).

SMTP server - Indicates the IP address of the


Simple Message Transfer Protocol
(SMTP) server (for example,
smtp.myserver.com).

Email User - Indicates the user name that


accesses the SMTP server.

Email Password - Indicates the password for accessing


the SMTP server.

Test Interval The default value is 5, and the Indicates the interval between two
unit is second. continuous email tests.

Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of email tests.

14-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Disconnection Mode The values are as follows: Indicates the mode for
l Keep Connected disconnecting the current activated
After the download is data connection.
complete, the Probe
performs the next email test
instead of disconnecting
the data connection when
the time specified in Test
Interval is up.
l Disconnected after
transfer completed
The Probe disconnects the
data connection until the
current activated email
service is complete. In the
next email test, you must
perform the dial up test
first.
The default value is
Disconnected after transfer
completed.

Dial Type You can select RAS or NDIS. Indicates the dial-up type.
l Remote access service
(RAS): It indicates that the
dial-up is performed
through the modem.
l Network driver interface
specification (NDIS): It
indicates that the dial-up is
performed through a
network adapter. In this
case, Network Card must
be set.
Huawei E1820 Card and
Huawei E182E Card are
recommended.

Dial User You can set this property when Indicates the dial-up user name.
Disconnection Mode is set to Certain operators require
Disconnected after transfer authentication for establishing a
completed. data service connection. Therefore,
you need to enter the user name
before originating the dial-up
connection.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Dial Password You can set this property when Indicates the password for the dial-
Disconnection Mode is set to up connection.
Disconnected after transfer Certain operators require
completed. authentication for establishing a
data service connection. Therefore,
you need to enter the user password
before originating the dial-up
connection.

Phone Number You can set this property when Indicates the phone number for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dial-up connection.
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
The default value is *99#.

FTP Download
This section describes the properties of the FTP Download test item. You can refer to this section
when performing an FTP download test.

Through the FTP download test, you can check network performance during file download.
Before performing an FTP download test, you must check whether your account enables you to
download files to the specified directory. That is, whether you are authorized to access the FTP
server.

FTP Download (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA) describes the properties of the FTP Download test
item supported by the GSM, WCDMA, or CDMA network. FTP Download (WiMAX/LTE)
describes the properties of the FTP Download test item supported by the WiMAX or LTE
network.

FTP Download (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)


You must perform a Dial Up test before the GSM, WCDMA or CDMA FTP Download test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

User - Indicates the user name for


accessing the FTP server.

Password - Indicates the user password for


accessing the FTP server.

Remote File - Indicates the IP address of the FTP


server.
The format is ftp://IP address or
domain name/file name

Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number of the
FTP server.

14-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Write Local File You can select either of the Indicates whether the file needs to
following values: be saved.
l True: indicates that this file is
saved after it is downloaded.
l False: indicates that this file is
not saved after it is
downloaded.
The default value is False.

Local File You can set this property when Indicates the filename and the path
Write Local File is set to True. for saving files.
You need to set a complete path
such as C:\test.dat.

Multi Task Count The value ranges from 1 to 5, and Indicates the number of tasks
the default value is 1. downloaded through the FTP.

Test Interval The default value is 15, and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. FTP download tests.

Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of FTP


download tests.

Disconnection You can select one of the following Indicates the mode for
Mode values: disconnecting the active data
l Keep Connected connection.
After the download is
complete, the Probe initiates
the next FTP download test
instead of disconnecting the
data connection when the time
specified in Test Interval
arrives.
l Disconnected by time
The Probe disconnects the data
connection based on the period
when the time specified in Test
Interval arrives.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
The Probe disconnects the data
connection until the active FTP
download is complete. In the
next FTP download test, you
must perform a dialup test first.
The default value is Disconnected
after transfer completed.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Port Type The values are as follows: Indicates the active or passive
l PASV: FTP passive mode. In mode of the FTP.
this mode, the Probe functions
as the client to actively connect
to the FTP server.
l PORT: FTP active mode. In
this mode, the FTP server
actively connects to the client.
If this mode is used for a test,
you are advised to disable the
network firewall.
The default value is PASV.

Valid FTP You can set this property when Indicates the valid duration for the
Duration Disconnection Mode is set to FTP download test.
Disconnected by Time.
The default value is 300, and the
unit is second.

Dial Type You can set this property when Indicates the dialup type.
Disconnection Mode is set to
Disconnected by Time or
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
You can select RAS or NDIS.
l RAS: Remote Access Service.
It indicates that dialup is
performed through the modem.
l NDIS: Network Driver
Interface Specification. It
indicates that dialup is
performed through a network
adapter. In this case, Network
Card must be set.
Huawei E1820 Card or Huawei
E182E Card is recommended.

Network Card You can set this property when Indicates the network adapter
Dial Type is set to NDIS. corresponding to the data card that
is in use currently.
Under the Network adapters node
in the Device Manager window,
you can view the name of the
network adapter corresponding to
the data card that is in use currently.

14-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Dial User You can set this property when Indicates the dialup user name.
Disconnection Mode is set to Certain operators require
Disconnected by Time or authentication in order to establish
Disconnected after transfer a data service connection.
completed. Therefore, you need to enter the
user name before the dialup
connection.

Dial Password You can set this property when Indicates the password for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dialup connection.
Disconnected by Time or Certain operators require
Disconnected after transfer authentication in order to establish
completed. a data service connection.
Therefore, you need to enter the
user password before the dialup
connection.

Phone Number You can set this property when Indicates the phone number for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dialup connection.
Disconnected by Time or
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
The default value is *99#.

FTP Download (WiMAX/LTE)


Property Value/Range/Unit Description

User - Indicates the user name for


accessing the FTP server.

Password - Indicates the user password for


accessing the FTP server.

Remote File - Indicates the file on the FTP


server.
The format is ftp://IP address or
domain name/file name.

Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number of the
FTP server.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Port Type The options are as follows: Indicates the FTP active and
l PASV: FTP passive mode. In passive modes.
this mode, the Probe functions
as the client to actively connect
to the FTP server.
l PORT: FTP active mode. In
this mode, the FTP server
actively connects to the client.
If this mode is used for a test,
you are advised to disable the
network firewall.
The default value is PASV.

Disconnection You can select either of the Indicates the data disconnection
Mode following values: mode.
l Disconnected by time This property is applicable to
Data connection is Huawei Sequans BM358
disconnected after Valid FTP terminals.
Duration.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
Data connection is
disconnected after the active
FTP download service is
complete.
The default value is Disconnected
by time.

Valid FTP You can set this property when Indicates the valid duration for an
Duration Disconnection Mode is set to FTP download test.
Disconnected by Time. This property is applicable to
The default value is 300, and the Huawei Sequans BM358
unit is second. terminals.

Write Local File You can select either of the Indicates whether a file needs to
following values: be saved.
l True: indicates that this file is
saved after it is downloaded.
l False: indicates that this file is
not saved after it is
downloaded.
The default value is False.

Local File You can set this property when Indicates the file name and the
Write Local File is set to True. path for storing files.
You need to set a complete path
such as C:\test.dat.

14-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Multi Task Count The value ranges from 1 to 5, and Indicates the number of tasks
the default value is 1. downloaded through FTP.

Test Interval The default value is 1, and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. FTP download tests.

Test Count The default value is 10. Indicates the number of FTP
download tests.

FTP Upload
This section describes the properties of the FTP Upload test item. You can refer to this section
when performing an FTP upload test.
By performing FTP upload tests, you can check network performance during file upload. Before
performing FTP upload tests, you must check whether your account enables you to upload files
to the specified directory. That is, whether you are authorized to access the FTP server.
FTP Upload (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA) describes the properties of the FTP Upload test item
supported by the GSM, WCDMA, or CDMA network. FTP Upload (WiMAX/LTE) describes
the properties of the FTP Upload test item supported by the WiMAX or LTE network.

FTP Upload (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)


You must perform the Dial Up test before the GSM, WCDMA, or CDMA FTP Upload test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

User - Indicates the user name for


accessing the FTP server.

Password - Indicates the user password for


accessing the FTP server.

Remote File - Indicates the file on the FTP server.


The format is ftp://IP address or
domain name/file name.

Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number of the
FTP server.

Local File - Indicates the drive letter, path, and


file name identifying the file to be
uploaded.
You need to set a complete path
such as C:\test.dat.

Multi Task Count The value ranges from 1 to 5 and Indicates the number of tasks
the default value is 1. uploaded to the FTP server.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Interval The default value is 15 and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. FTP upload tests.

Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of FTP


upload tests.

Port Type The values are as follows: Indicates the active or passive
l PASV: FTP passive mode. In mode of the FTP.
this mode, the Probe functions
as the client to actively connect
to the FTP server.
l PORT: FTP active mode. In
this mode, the FTP server
actively connects to the client.
If this mode is used for a test,
you are advised to disable the
network firewall.
The default value is PASV.

Disconnection You can select one of the following Indicates the mode for
Mode values: disconnecting the active data
l Keep Connected connection.
After the upload is complete,
the Probe initiates the next FTP
upload test instead of
disconnecting the data
connection when the time
specified in Test Interval
arrives.
l Disconnected by time
The Probe disconnects the data
connection based on the period
when the time specified in Test
Interval arrives.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
The Probe disconnects the data
connection until the active FTP
upload is complete. In the next
FTP upload test, you must
perform a dialup test first.
The default value is Disconnected
after transfer completed.

Valid FTP You can set this property when Indicates the valid duration for an
Duration Disconnection Mode is set to FTP upload test.
Disconnected by Time.
The default value is 300 and the
unit is second.

14-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Dial Type You can set this property when Indicates the dialup type.
Disconnection Mode is set to
Disconnected by Time or
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
You can select RAS or NDIS.
l RAS: Remote Access Service.
It indicates that dialup is
performed through the modem.
l NDIS: Network Driver
Interface Specification. It
indicates that dialup is
performed through a network
adapter. In this case, Network
Card must be set.
Huawei E1820 Card or Huawei
E182E Card is recommended.

Network Card You can set this property when Specifies the network adapter
Dial Type is set to NDIS. corresponding to the data card that
is in use currently.
Under the Network adapters node
in the Device Manager window,
you can view the name of the
network adapter corresponding to
the data card that is in use
currently.

Dial User You can set this property when Indicates the dialup user name.
Disconnection Mode is set to Certain operators require
Disconnected by Time or authentication in order to establish
Disconnected after transfer a data service connection.
completed. Therefore, you need to enter the
user name before the dialup
connection.

Dial Password You can set this property when Indicates the password for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dialup connection.
Disconnected by Time or Certain operators require
Disconnected after transfer authentication in order to establish
completed. a data service connection.
Therefore, you need to enter the
user password before the dialup
connection.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Phone Number You can set this property when Indicates the phone number for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dialup connection.
Disconnected by Time or
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
The default value is *99#.

FTP Upload (WiMAX/LTE)


Property Value/Range/Unit Description

User - Indicates the user name for


accessing the FTP server.

Password - Indicates the user password for


accessing the FTP server.

Remote File - Indicates the file on the FTP server.


The format is ftp://IP address or
domain name/file name.

Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number of the
FTP server.

Local File - Indicates the drive letter, path, and


file name identifying the file to be
uploaded.
You need to set a complete path
such as C:\test.dat.

Multi Task Count The value ranges from 1 to 5 and Indicates the number of tasks
the default value is 1. uploaded to the FTP server.

Test Interval The default value is 1 and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. FTP upload tests.

Test Count The default value is 10. Indicates the number of FTP
upload tests.

14-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Port Type The options are as follows: Indicates the active or passive
l PASV: FTP passive mode. In mode of the FTP.
this mode, the Probe functions
as the client to actively connect
to the FTP server.
l PORT: FTP active mode. In
this mode, the FTP server
actively connects to the client.
If this mode is used for a test,
you are advised to disable the
network firewall.
The default value is PASV.

Disconnection You can select either of the Indicates the data disconnection
Mode following values: mode.
l Disconnected by time This property is applicable to
Data connection is Huawei Sequans BM358
disconnected after Valid FTP terminals.
Duration.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
Data connection is
disconnected after the active
FTP download service is
complete.
The default value is Disconnected
by time.

Valid FTP You can set this property when Indicates the valid duration for the
Duration Disconnection Mode is set to FTP upload test.
Disconnected by Time. This property is applicable to
The default value is 300, and the Huawei Sequans BM358
unit is second. terminals.

HTTP
This describes the properties of the HTTP test items. You can refer to this part when performing
the HTTP test, and then perform the related operations.

Through the HTTP test, you can test the network performance when accessing specified web
pages.

You must perform the Dial Up test before the HTTP test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

URL The address starting with http://. Indicates the address of the HTTP
server.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Port The default value is 80. Indicates the port number of the
HTTP server.

Show Web Page You can select True or False. Whether the page set in URL is
The default value is True. displayed automatically.

Test Interval The default value is 20, and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. HTTP tests.

Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of HTTP


tests.

Disconnection You can select the following Indicates the mode for
Mode values: disconnecting the current
l Keep Connected activated data connection.
After the test is complete, the
Probe originates the next HTTP
test instead of disconnecting the
data connection when the time
specified in Test Interval is up.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
The Probe disconnects the data
connection until the current
activated HTTP service is
complete. In the next HTTP
test, you must perform the dial
up test first.
The default value is Disconnected
after transfer completed.

Dial User You can set this property when Indicates the dial-up user name.
Disconnection Mode is set to Certain operators require
Disconnected after transfer authentication in order to
completed. establish a data service
connection. Therefore, you need
to enter the user name before the
dial-up connection.

Dial Password You can set this property when Indicates the password for the
Disconnection Mode is set to dial-up connection.
Disconnected after transfer Certain operators require
completed. authentication in order to
establish a data service
connection. Therefore, you need
to enter the user password before
the dial-up connection.

14-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Phone Number You can set this property when Indicates the phone number for
Disconnection Mode is set to the dial-up connection.
Disconnected after transfer
completed.
The default value is *99#.

KeyEmul (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the KeyEmul test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the key emulation test, and then perform the related operations.
Not all functions of a test MS can be executed by issuing commands. The function such as video
phone calling can be automatically dialed through only the key emulation.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Key Emulation - Indicates the key emulation list. Click the


List button next to this item. The Key Emul
Config dialog box is displayed. In the
displayed dialog box, set corresponding
parameters.

Test Interval The value must be a Indicates the interval between two Key-Emul
positive integer. The tests.
default value is 30. The
unit is second.

Test Count The value must be a Indicates the number of tests.


positive integer. The
default value is 5.

Key Emul Config dialog box

Phone Type Indicates the phone types Phone type.


supported by the Probe.

Delay The value must be a Key pressing delay. Indicates the interval
positive integer. The between two pressings.
default value is 300. The
unit is ms.

Key Emulation - Indicates the key emulation list. Maps the key
List input.

Key Input - Displays the key emulation.

Test - Indicates the test button. This item is used to


test whether the sequence of key emulation
meets the expectation.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Define Key - Defines the key emulation map. Click the


Value button next to this item. The Key Emulation
Map Setting dialog box is displayed. In the
displayed dialog box, set corresponding
parameters.

Key Emulation Map Setting dialog box

Key Emulation - Indicates the mapping table of key values of the


Map key emulation.

Phone Type - Phone type. Indicates the selected phone type.

Add & Edit - This item is used to add new phones.

Key Value - Indicates the key value.

Reset - Indicates the reset button for the key value.


Reset key values to 0x00.

Press - Press the key corresponding to a value of the


Key Value.

Next & Press - Press the key corresponding to the result of


adding 1 to a value of the Key Value.

Loop Start
This describes the properties of the Loop Start test item. You can refer to this part when
performing a cyclic test, and then perform the related operations.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The default value is 5. Indicates the times of executing test items
circularly.

PS Attach/PS Detach (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)


This describes the properties of the PS Attach and PS Detach test items. You can refer to this
part when performing the GSM, WCDMA, CDMA, or WiMAX attach or detach test, and then
perform the related operations.

NOTE

The Attach and Detach tests are performed alternately. If an Attach test is performed, the next Attach test
cannot be performed until the Detach test is performed.

14-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Test Item Property Value/Range/Unit Description

PS Attach Attach You can select the following values: Indicates the packet
Mode l Attach only: Only the Attach test service attach test
is performed. mode.
If you select the Attach only
mode, you must perform a
Detach test before the next
Attach test.
l Detach before Attach: A
Detach test is performed before
the Attach test.

Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the time to


The value range is 15 to 60. The wait for the attach
default value is 15. The unit is successful or attach
second. failed.

PS Detach Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the time to
The value range is 15 to 60. The wait for the detach
default value is 15. The unit is successful or detach
second. failed.

MMS (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)
This describes the properties of the MMS test item. You can refer to this part when performing
the multimedia message service (MMS) test, and then perform the related operations.
Through the MMS test, you can test the network performance when multimedia files are being
sent.
The Probe supports the GSM MMS test and WCDMA MMS test performed by using Huawei
U120e or Huawei U535 test terminals. Also the Probe supports the CDMA MMS test performed
by using Huawei C5588 test terminal.
Table 14-1 describes the properties of the MMS test item. If an MMS fails to be sent, you need
to manually set the parameters listed in Table 14-2 on your test terminal.

CAUTION
By default, the Probe sends the first MMS in the inbox of the test terminal. Thus, before
performing MMS test, you should ensure that MMSs are present in the test terminal and the
MMS to be sent is the first MMS in the inbox.
You can use other terminal to send MMSs to the test terminal to ensure that MMSs are present
in the test terminal.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Table 14-1 Properties of the MMS test item


Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The default value is 5. Indicates the number of MMS tests.

Test Interval The default value is 15, and the unit Indicates the interval between two
is second. MMS tests, that is, the interval
between the ended MMS test and the
MMS test to be started.

Table 14-2 Auxiliary parameters


Property Description

MMS Gateway Indicates the IP address of the WAP gateway of an operator. The value
is a string, for example, 10.10.10.1.

Gateway Port Indicates the gateway port on the server. For example, 80.

APN Indicates the access point name. For example, the APN of China Mobile
is cmwap or cmnet.

MMS Center URL Indicates the URL of the MMS center, starting with http://. For example,
http://mmsc.monternet.com.

Multi-FTP (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the Multi-FTP test item. You can refer to this part when using
a terminal to perform FTP upload and download tests simultaneously, and then perform the
related operations.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

FTP DL User - Indicates the user name


Download for accessing the FTP
server when downloading
files.

DL Password - Indicates the user


password for accessing
the FTP server when
downloading files.

DL Remote File - Indicates the file on the


FTP server.
The input format is ftp://
IP address or domain
name/File name.

DL Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number


of the FTP server.

14-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

DL Write Local The values are as follows: Specifies whether to save


File l True: Indicates that the the file.
file is saved after it is
downloaded.
l False: Indicates that the
file is not saved after it is
downloaded.
The default value is False.

DL Local File You can set this property Indicates the file name
when DL Write Local File is and the path for saving
set to True. the file.
You need to set a
complete path, such as C:
\test.dat.

DL Multi Task The value ranges from 1 to 5, Indicates the number of


Count and the default value is 1. FTP download tasks.

DL Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of


FTP download tests.

FTP UL User - Indicates the name of the


Upload user that accesses the FTP
server when uploading
files.

UL Password - Indicates the user


password for accessing
the FTP server when
uploading files.

UL Remote File - Indicates the file on the


FTP server.
The input format is ftp://
IP address or domain
name/File name.

UL Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number


of the FTP server.

UL Local File - Indicates the file name


and the path for saving
the file.
You need to set a
complete path, such as C:
\test.dat.

UL Multi Task The value ranges from 1 to 5, Indicates the number of


Count and the default value is 1. FTP upload tasks.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

UL Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of


FTP upload tests.

Common Dial User - Indicates the dial-up user


Property name.
Certain operators require
authentication for
establishing a data
service connection.
Therefore, you need to
enter the user name
before originating the
dial-up connection.

Dial Password - Indicates the password


for the dial-up
connection.
Certain operators require
authentication for
establishing a data
service connection.
Therefore, you need to
enter the user password
before originating the
dial-up connection.

Phone Number The default value is *99#. Indicates the phone


number for the dial-up
connection.

Port Type The values are as follows: Indicates the FTP active
l PASV: FTP passive mode. and passive modes.
In this mode, the Probe
functions as the client to
actively connect to the FTP
server.
l PORT: FTP active mode.
In this mode, the FTP
server actively connects to
the client.
If this mode is used for a
test, you are advised to
disable the network
firewall.
The default value is PASV.

Test Interval The default value is 10, and Indicates the interval
the unit is second. between two continuous
Multi-FTP tests.

14-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Multi-RAB (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the Multi-RAB test item. You can refer to this part when testing
the CS and PS concurrently, and then perform the related operations.
You can test the CS and PS concurrently through the Multi-RAB test item and resolve the failed
hang up of the MS for the automatic adaptive multi rate test in the case of the normal dial-up
connection of the PS. The Multi-RAB test item involves the concurrent test of AMR and FTP
and the concurrent test of video phone (VP) and FTP.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Multi-RAB Concurrent Type You can select the Indicates the type of the
following values: concurrent test.
l AMR & FTP:
indicates the
concurrent tests of the
AMR and FTP.
l Video & FTP:
indicates the
concurrent tests of the
Video and FTP.
The default value is AMR
& FTP.

Startup Priority You can select the Indicates the startup


following values: priority of subservices
l CS First: indicates during the concurrent test.
that the CS test is
performed first.
l FTP First: indicates
that the FTP test is
performed first.
The default value is CS
First.

Test Count The default value is 10. Indicates the number of


tests.

Test Interval The default value is 10, Indicates the time interval
and the unit is second. between two tests, that is,
the time from the previous
test to the beginning of the
next test.

CS and FTP Interval The default value is 3, and Indicates the time from
the unit is second. the call originated by the
MS to the beginning of
the FTP service.

CS Destination Number - Indicates the destination


number.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Setup Timeout The default value is 25, Indicates the maximum


and the unit is second. time for call setup. If the
call cannot be set up
within a defined period,
the call setup fails.

Command Type The values are as follows: Indicates the terminal


l Qualcomm command type.
Command: This Select the command type
command type is according to the terminal
applicable to type. Otherwise, call
Qualcomm chipset- setup initiated by
based terminals. If terminals may fail.
terminals fail to
initiate calls through
Qualcomm
commands, you can
configure a modem
port and set
Command Type to
AT Command.
l AT Command: After
you set Command
Type to AT
Command, AT
commands can be
issued.
Before setting
Command Type to
AT Command, you
need to check that a
modem port has been
configured.
The default value is
Qualcomm Command.

FTP FTP Type You can select the Indicates the FTP type.
following values:
l Upload: indicates the
FTP upload.
l Download: indicates
the FTP download.
The default value is
Download.

14-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Write Local File You can select the Indicates whether the file
following values: needs to be saved.
l True: indicates that
this file is saved after
it is downloaded.
l False: indicates that
this file is not saved
after it is downloaded.
The default value is
False.

Local File You can set this property Indicates the filename and
when Write Local File is the path for saving files.
set to True. You need to set a
complete path such as C:
\test.dat.

End Type You can select the Indicates the end type.
following values:
l By Time: indicates
that the test ends until
the time specified in
FTP Time for
transmitting data
through the FTP is up.
l By File: indicates that
the test ends until the
file download is
complete.
The default value is By
Time and is set in FTP
Time.

FTP Time You can set this property Indicates the duration of a
when End Type is set to FTP transmission.
By Time.
The default value is 15,
and the unit is second.

FTP Retry Count The default value is 3. Indicates the maximum


number of allowed retries
when the FTP connection
fails.

Port The default value is 21. Indicates the port number


of the FTP server.

User - Indicates the user name


for accessing the FTP
server.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Password - Indicates the user


password for accessing
the FTP server.

Remote File - Indicates the IP address of


the FTP server.
The format is ftp://IP
address or domain name/
file name

Multi Thread Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of


tasks downloaded
through the FTP.

FTP Dial PDP Type You can select IP and Indicates the protocol of
PPP. PDP test.

PDP APN - Indicates the name of the


PDP access point. For
example, the APN of
China Mobile is cmwap
or cmnet.

Dial User - Indicates the dial-up user


name.
Certain operators require
authentication in order to
establish a data service
connection. Therefore,
you need to enter the user
name before the dial-up
connection.

Dial Password - Indicates the password for


the dial-up connection.
Certain operators require
authentication in order to
establish a data service
connection. Therefore,
you need to enter the user
password before the dial-
up connection.

Phone Number The default value is Indicates the phone


*99#. number for the dial-up
connection.

14-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

FTP QoS Traffic Class You can select the Indicates the traffic class.
following values:
l background class:
refers to the
background class.
l conversational class:
refers to the
conversational class.
l interactive class:
refers to the
interactive class.
l streaming class:
refers to the streaming
class.
l subscribed value:
refers to the
subscribed value.
The default value is
background class.

UL Max Rate You can select 32, 64, Indicates the maximum
128, 256, 384, 2048, or uplink rate.
4096. The unit is kbit/s.

DL Max Rate You can select 32, 64, Indicates the maximum
128, 256, 384, 2048, downlink rate.
4096, or 8192. The unit is
kbit/s.

UL Guaranteed Rate You can set this property Indicates the uplink
when Traffic Class is set guaranteed rate.
to conversational class,
streaming class, or
subscribed value.
You can select 32, 64,
128, 256, 384, 2048, or
4096. The unit is kbit/s.

DL Guaranteed Rate You can set this property Indicates the downlink
when Traffic Class is set guaranteed rate.
to conversational class,
streaming class, or
subscribed value.
You can select 32, 64,
128, 256, 384, 2048,
4096, or 8192. The unit is
kbit/s.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

PDP (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the PDP test item. You can refer to this part when performing
the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) activation and deactivation tests, and then perform the related
operations.
By sending the AT commands to the MS, you can test whether the MS can activate or deactivate
the GPRS properly.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

PDP Type You can select IP and PPP. Indicates the PDP type.

PDP APN - Indicates the name of the PDP


access point.

Traffic Class You can select the following values: Indicates the traffic class.
l background class: refers to the
background class.
l conversational class: refers to the
conversational class.
l interactive class: refers to the
interactive class.
l streaming class: refers to the
streaming class.
l subscribed value: refers to the
subscribed value.
The default value is background
class.

UL Max Rate You can select 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, Indicates the maximum uplink
256, 384, 2048, or 4096. The unit is rate.
kbit/s.

DL Max Rate You can select 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, Indicates the maximum
256, 384, 2048, 4096, or 8192. The downlink rate.
unit is kbit/s.

UL Guaranteed You can set this property when Indicates the uplink
Rate Traffic Class is set to conversational guaranteed rate.
class, streaming class, or subscribed
value.
You can select 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 384, 2048, or 4096. The unit is
kbit/s.

DL Guaranteed You can set this property when Indicates the downlink
Rate Traffic Class is set to conversational guaranteed rate.
class, streaming class, or subscribed
value.
You can select 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 384, 2048, 4096, or 8192. The
unit is kbit/s.

14-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Auto Dialup You can select the following values: Indicates whether to set up the
l False: disables the dial-up dial-up connection of the
connection. packet service after the PDP
activation.
l True: enables the dial-up
connection.
The default value is False.

Reserved Duration The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the PDP duration,
The default value is 5. The unit is that is, the time from the
second. previous PDP activation to the
beginning of the PDP
deactivation.

Test Interval The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the time from the
The default value is 5. The unit is previous PDP deactivation to
second. the beginning of the next PDP
activation.

Test Count The default value is 5. Indicates the number of tests.

Exceptional The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the call exceptional
Interval The default value is 20. The unit is interval, that is, the time from
second. the failed PDP activation to the
beginning of the next PDP
activation.

Ping
This describes the properties of the Ping test item. You can refer to this part when testing the
delay of a transmitted or received packet, and then perform the related operations.
The Ping test is used to test the communication connectivity of a network. The test result acts
as an evidence for diagnosing daily network faults.
You must perform the Dial Up test before the Ping test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

IP Enter an IP address such as Indicates the destination IP


10.10.10.1. address.

Packet Size The range is 8 to 1024. The default Indicates the packet size. The
value is 32. The Unit is byte. size of a transmitted packet
affects the delay.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Fragment Flag The value can be either of the Indicates whether to split a Ping
following: packet.
l False: Disable the fragment test.
l True: Enable the fragment test.
The default value is False.

Test Control Mode Currently, only the Test by Count Indicates the test control mode.
mode is supported. That is, the test
is controlled by Test Count.

Test Count The default value is 5. Indicates the number of tests.

Test Interval The default value is 1, and the unit Indicates the interval between
is second. two ping tests.

SMS (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)
This describes the properties of the SMS test item. You can refer to this part when testing the
short message service (SMS), and then perform the related operations.
You can test whether the short message service is normal by sending an SMS to the destination
MS.
NOTE

The test terminal on which the SMS test is performed must be configured with the modem port. For details,
see 7.3 Configuring External Devices

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The value must be a positive Indicates the number of tests.
integer. The default value is 5.

Test Interval The value must be a positive Indicates the interval between two
integer. The default value is 5. The tests.
unit is second.

Service Center Only numbers, * and # can be Indicates the SMS center number.
Number used.

Message The length of the short message Indicates the short message
content must be less than or equal contents. You can enter a string.
to 160 characters. The default
value is Happy Everyday!.

Destination Only numbers, * and # can be Indicates the number of the


Number used. destination MS.

SQE(MS-PSTN) (GSM/WCDMA)
This describes the properties of the SQE(MS-PSTN) test item. You can refer to this part when
performing a speech quality evaluation test by making calls between the PHU test terminal (such

14-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

as Huawei U120e, Huawei U1205, Huawei U6100, or Huawei U1251) and the PSTN SQE
Server.
In this scenario, you need to configure the SQE(MS-PSTN) test item for the PHU terminal in
the Probe and configure the SQE test item in the PSTN SQE Server. For details about the PSTN
SQE Server, see the relevant user guide.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Call Count You can set this property when Indicates the number of calls.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 5.

Call Duration You can set this property when Indicates the call duration.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 120, and the
unit is second.

Call Interval You can set this property when Indicates the call interval.
Call Type is set to Call by Call.
The value ranges from 1 to 120,
and the default value is 30, and
the unit is second.

Call Mode The values are as follows: Indicates the call mode.
l Outgoing: Refers to the
outgoing call mode.
l Incoming: Refers to the
incoming call mode.
When selecting Incoming,
you need to set Source
Number and SaveFile only.
The default value is Outgoing.

Call Type The values are as follows: Indicates the call type.
l Continuous Call: Refers to a
long call.
l Call by Call: Refers to a short
call, which is controlled by
the number of times a speech
file is played.
The default value is Call by
Call.

Destination You can set this property when Indicates the called number.
Number Call Mode is set to Outgoing.

Exceptional The default value is 10, and the Indicates the call exceptional
Interval unit is second. interval, that is, the time from the
previous call drop to the beginning
of the next call.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

MOS Algorithm The values are as follows: Indicates the MOS algorithm.
l PESQ.862.1
l PESQ.862
l PESQ LQ
l PESQ Ie
The default value is PESQ.
862.1.

MOS Direction - Indicates the MOS direction.


The Half duplex mode, that is the
half duplex interaction mode is
supported by the Probe.

Sample Type - Indicates the type of a speech


sample.
The 5s,English type is supported by
the Probe, that is the five seconds
are spent in playing a speech
sample, and the language of the
speech sample is English.

Save All Result You can select Yes or No. Determines whether to save all
Files speech result files.

Source Number You can set this property when Indicates the caller number.
Call Mode is set to Ingoing.

Score Threshold You can set this property when Indicates the number of times for
Save All Result Files is set to scoring the speech quality during
No. the current call process.

Setup Timeout The default value is 25, and the Indicates the maximum time for call
unit is second. setup.
If the call cannot be set up within
the period specified by this
parameter, the call setup fails.

Speech Sample The default speech sample file is Indicates the storage path and name
File Software installation directory of the recorded speech file.
\Bin\SQE\ResultFile
\VQA_Result.wav.

Time Sync You can select Yes or No. Before performing a speech quality
evaluation test, check whether to
synchronize the PC time of the
calling part with the PC time of the
called part.

14-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Sync SQE(MS-MS) (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the Sync SQE(MS-MS) test item. You can refer to this part
when performing a speech quality evaluation test by making calls between the PHU test terminals
(such as Huawei U120e , Huawei U1205, Huawei U6100, or Huawei U1251) configured on a
Probe.
In this scenario, the version numbers of the two PHU terminals must be the same. In addition,
only the calling PHU terminal needs to be configured with the Sync SQE(MS-MS) test item.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Destination MS - Indicates the destination MS.


You can select the destination
MS from the drop-down list.
The MS is another terminal
that is connected to the Probe.

Destination - Indicates the called number.


Number

Call Type The values are as follows: Indicates the call type.
l Continuous Call: refers to a long call.
l Call by Call: Refers to a short call,
which is controlled by the number of
times a speech file is played.
l Call by Count: It is controlled by the
number of speech evaluation scoring
times.
The default value is Call by Count.

Call Duration You can set this property when Call Indicates the call duration.
Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 120, and the unit is
second.

Call Interval You can set this property when Call Indicates the call interval.
Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 5, and the unit is
second.

Test Count You can set this property when Call Indicates the number of tests.
Type is set to Call by Call.
The default value is 1.

Score Count You can set this property when Call Indicates the number of times
Type is set to Call by Count. for scoring the speech quality
The value ranges from 1 to 9999. during the current call
process.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Exceptional The default value is 10, and the unit is Indicates the call exceptional
Interval second. interval, that is, the time from
the previous call drop to the
beginning of the next call.

Setup Timeout The default value is 25, and the unit is Indicates the maximum time
second. for call setup.
If the call cannot be set up
within the period specified by
this parameter, the call setup
fails.

MOS Algorithm The values are as follows: Indicates the MOS algorithm.
l PESQ.862.1
l PESQ.862
l PESQ LQ
l PESQ Ie
The default value is PESQ.862.1.

Speech The default speech destination file is Indicates the storage path and
Destination File Software installation directory\Bin name of the recorded speech
\SQE\ResultFile\VQA_Result.wav. file.

Speech Sample The default speech sample file is Indicates the speech sample
File Software installation directory\Bin file provided by the Probe.
\SQE\narr_ukasts_8.wav.

Save All Result You can select Yes or No. Determines whether to save
Files all speech result files.

Score Threshold You can set this property when Save All Indicates the MOS threshold
Result Files is set to No. for saving the speech result
file.

Send DTMF You can select Yes or No. The default Determines whether to send
value is No. the dual tone multi-frequency
(DTMF) signaling.
When the MOS score is
smaller than the value of
DTMF Score Threshold, the
Probe sends the DTMF
signaling to the BSC.

14-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

DTMF Score You can set this property when Send Indicates the MOS threshold
Threshold DTMF is set to Yes. for sending the DTMF
l When MOS Algorithm is set to signaling.
PESQ Ie, DTMF Score Threshold
ranges from 1 to 140.
l When MOS Algorithm is set to
PESQ.862.1, PESQ.862, or PESQ
LQ, DTMF Score Threshold ranges
from 1 to 5.

Noise Type The values are as follows: The noise test is performed
l No Noise: not to perform noise test during the speech quality
evaluation test.
l Car Noise: car noise
Noise Type indicates the
l Street Noise: street noise noise type, such as the car
l White Noise: white noise noise, street noise, and white
The default value is No Noise. noise.

Noise Value You can set this property when Noise Indicates the SNR obtained
Type is set to Car Noise, Street Noise, from the noise sample file.
or White Noise.
You can select 5dB, 10dB, or 10dB.

Command Type The values are as follows: Indicates the terminal


l Qualcomm Command: This command type.
command type is applicable to Select the command type
Qualcomm chipset-based terminals. If according to the terminal type.
terminals fail to initiate calls through Otherwise, call setup initiated
Qualcomm commands, you can by terminals may fail.
configure a modem port and set
Command Type to AT Command.
l AT Command: After you set
Command Type to AT Command,
AT commands can be issued.
Before setting Command Type to AT
Command, you need to check that a
modem port has been configured.
The default value is Qualcomm
Command.

Video Phone (WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the Video Phone test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the video phone test, and then perform the related operations.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Destination - Indicates the destination number.


Number

Setup Timeout The default value is 25, and the Indicates the maximum time for call
unit is second. setup.
If the call cannot be set up within the
defined period, the call setup fails.

Call Duration The default value is 120, and the Indicates the duration of a call, that is,
unit is second. the time from call setup to normal call
release.

Test Interval The default value is 15, and the Indicates the interval between two
unit is second. calls, that is, the time from the
previous call disconnection to the
beginning of the next call.

Exceptional The default value is 20, and the Indicates the call Exceptional Interval,
Interval unit is second. that is, the time from the previous call
drop to the beginning of the next call.

Test Count The default value is 30. Indicates the total number of calls.

Video Streaming (WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the WCDMA Video Streaming test item. You can refer to the
description when performing a video streaming test and then perform relevant operations.
To ensure that video files can be played normally, ensure that the PC is installed with an video
player, for example, RealPlayer.
Before performing a Video Streaming test, you must perform a Dial Up test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

URL The URL starting with http://. Indicates the URL of video files.
The Probe supports only .rm video
files.

Test Interval The default value is 20, and the unit is Indicates the interval between two
second. tests.

Test Count The default value is 1. Indicates the number of times the
test is performed.

14-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Disconnectio You can select the following values: Indicates the mode for
n Mode l Keep Connected disconnecting the current
After a test is complete, the Probe activated data connection.
originates the next video streaming
test instead of disconnecting the
data connection when the time
specified in Test Interval is up.
l Disconnected after transfer
completed
The Probe disconnects the data
connection until the current
activated video steaming service is
complete. Before the next video
steaming test, you must perform the
dial-up test first.
The default value is Disconnected
after transfer completed.

Dial User You can set this property after selecting Indicates the dial-up user name.
Disconnected after transfer Certain operators require
completed from Disconnection authentication in order to establish
Mode. a data service connection.
Therefore, you need to type the
user name before the dial-up
connection.

Dial You can set this property after selecting Indicates the password for the
Password Disconnected after transfer dial-up connection.
completed from Disconnection Certain operators require
Mode. authentication in order to establish
a data service connection.
Therefore, you need to type the
user password before the dial-up
connection.

Phone You can set this property after selecting Indicates the phone number for the
Number Disconnected after transfer dial-up connection.
completed from Disconnection
Mode.
The default value is *99#.

Voice Call (GSM/WCDMA/CDMA)


This describes the properties of the Voice Call test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the voice call test, and then perform the related operations.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Destination - Indicates the outgoing call


Number number.

Call Type You can select the following values: Indicates the call type.
l Continuous Call: refers to a long
call.
The Probe does not disconnect this
call until an exception occurs. If the
call setup fails or a call drop occurs
during the calling, the Probe
terminates the current call test and
starts another call test.
l Call by Call: refers to a short call.
Under the control of the Probe, an
MS initiates a call that lasts for the
period of time specified by Call
Duration and then waits for the
period of time specified by Test
Interval before initiating another
call. The number of times call tests
are performed is defined by Test
Count.
The default value is Call by Call.

Setup Timeout The default value is 45, and the unit is Indicates the maximum time
second. for call setup.
If the call cannot be set up
within the defined period, the
call setup fails.

Call Duration You can set this property when Call Indicates the duration of a
Type is set to Call by Call. call, that is, the time from call
The default value is 120, and the unit is setup to normal call release.
second.

Test Interval The default value is 15, and the unit is Indicates the interval
second. between two calls, the time
from the previous call
disconnection to the
beginning of the next call.

Exceptional The default value is 20, and the unit is Indicates the call exceptional
Interval second. interval, that is, the time from
the previous call drop to the
beginning of the next call.

14-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Call Mode You can set this property when Call Indicates the mode of call
Type is set to Call by Call. count.
You can select the following values:
l Finite: indicates that the number of
calls is limited. The number of calls
cannot exceed the value of Test
Count.
l Infinite: indicates that the number
of calls is unlimited.
The default value is Finite.

Test Count You can set this property when Call Indicates the total number of
Type is set to Call by Call and Call calls.
Mode is set to Finite.
The default value is 30.

Call Start Mode You can select the following values: Indicates the mode in which
l Unlimited: The Probe performs the the Probe starts a voice call
voice call test without determining test.
the current status of the terminal.
l Idle: When the terminal is not in idle
state, if the current call is not
terminated after the duration
specified by Waiting Time, the
Probe automatically disconnects the
call and performs the voice call test.
l Wait for call end: The Probe
performs the voice call test after the
current service performed on the
terminal is automatically complete.

Waiting Time You can set this property when Call Indicates the waiting time of
Start Mode is set to Idle. a test.
You can select 0s, 5s, 10s, 15s, 30s,
60s, or 90s.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Command Type The values are as follows: Indicates the terminal


l Qualcomm Command: This command type.
command type is applicable to Select the command type
Qualcomm chipset-based terminals. according to the terminal
If terminals fail to initiate calls type. Otherwise, call setup
through Qualcomm commands, you initiated by terminals may
can configure a modem port and set fail.
Command Type to AT
Command.
l AT Command: After you set
Command Type to AT
Command, AT commands can be
issued.
Before setting Command Type to
AT Command, you need to check
that a modem port has been
configured.
The default value is Qualcomm
Command.

Wait
This describes the properties of the Wait test item. You can refer to this part when setting the
time interval between two test items, and then perform related operations.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Wait Duration The default value is 5, and the Indicates the wait duration, that is, the
unit is second. time from the previous test item execution
to the beginning of the next test item
execution.

WAP Download (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the WAP Download test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the WAP download test, and then perform the related operations.

You can test the download state of the WAP file by downloading file resources such as rings or
pictures.

You must perform the Dial Uptest before the WAP Download test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the number of tests.
The default value is 2.

14-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Interval The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the interval between two
The default value is 15. The unit is tests.
second.

Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the timeout period. The
The default value is 150. The unit is timing starts when the first download
second. request is sent. If the download page
is not obtained within the preset time,
you can infer that the connection
fails.

Download You can select the following values: Indicates the type of a downloaded
Type l Ring&Picture: refers to file.
downloading pictures and rings.
l Java: refers to downloading
KJava.
The default value is Ring&Picture.

Local Path - Indicates the local path for saving the


downloaded file.

URL List The URL starts with http://. Indicates the URL for downloading
pictures, rings, or KJava.

IP Contact local network operators to Indicates the IP address of the WAP


obtain the IP address. gateway.

Port The value ranges from 0 to 1023, and Indicates the port number of the
the default value is 80. WAP.

WAP Gateway Connection (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the WAP Gateway Connection test item. You can refer to this
part when performing the WAP gateway connection test, and then perform the related operations.
You can test the gateway connection by sending the ping packet to the gateway.
You must perform the Dial Up test before the WAP Gateway Connection test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the number of tests.
The default value is 5.

Test Interval The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the interval between two
The default value is 1. The unit is tests.
second.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the timeout time. The
The default value is 30. The unit is timing starts when the first gateway
second. connection request is sent. If the
connection is not set up within the
preset time, you can infer that the
connection fails.

IP Contact local network operators to Indicates the IP address of the WAP


obtain the IP address. gateway.

WAP Logon (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the WAP Logon test item. You can refer to this part when
performing the WAP login test, and then perform the related operations.
You can test the WAP login and upload.
You must perform the Dial Up test before the WAP Logon test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the number of tests.
The default value is 10.

Test Interval The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the interval between two
The default value is 5. The unit is tests.
second.

Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the timeout time. The
The default value is 60. The unit is timing starts when the first gateway
second. connection request is sent. If the
connection is not set up within the
preset time, you can infer that the
connection fails.

URL The URL starts with http://. Indicates the URL of the tested WAP
page.

Download You can select the following values: Indicates whether to download icons
Icon l True: downloads icons on the on the title page.
title page.
l False: not download icons on the
title page.
The default value is True.

IP Contact local network operators to Indicates the IP address of the WAP


obtain the IP address. gateway.

Port The value ranges from 0 to 1023, and Indicates the port number of the
the default value is 80. WAP.

14-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

WAP Page Refresh (GSM/WCDMA)


This describes the properties of the WAP Page Refresh test item. You can refer to this part
when performing the WAP page refreshing test, and then perform the related operations.

You can test the upload state of a WAP page by refreshing the same page many times.

You must perform the Dial Up test before the WAP Page Refresh test.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the number of tests.
The default value is 10.

Test Interval The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the interval between two
The default value is 5. The unit is tests.
second.

Timeout The value must be a positive integer. Indicates the timeout time. The
The default value is 60. The unit is timing starts when the first gateway
second. connection request is sent. If the
connection is not set up within the
preset time, you can infer that the
download fails.

Download You can select the following values: Indicates whether to download icons
Icon l True: downloads icons on the title on the title page.
page.
l False: not download icons on the
title page.
The default value is True.

URL The URL starts with http://. Indicates the URL of the tested
WAP page.

IP Contact local network operators to Indicates the IP address of the WAP


obtain the IP address. gateway.

Port The value ranges from 0 to 1023, and Indicates the port number of the
the default value is 80. WAP.

NetEntry (WiMAX)
This section describes the properties of the WiMAX NetEntry test item. You can refer to this
section when the Probe performs NetEntry tests.

NetEntry tests are used for measuring the network access performance. Before accessing the
network during a test, the MS must exit from the network.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Count The default value is 10. Indicates the number of NetEntry tests.

Issue 04 (2011-02-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14-53


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
14 Appendix User Guide

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Test Interval The default value is 5, and Indicates the interval between two
the unit is second. NetEntry tests.

NetSearch (WiMAX)
This section describes the properties of the NetSearch test item of the WiMAX system. You
can perform the frequency scan test by referring to this part.
The NetSearch test is used to scan the frequencies that are searched by the UE.

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

Scan Type The values are as follows: Indicates the scan


l Specified Frequency Scan: Indicates the type.
frequency to be scanned.
You can set the frequency in Center Frequency
List.
l Continuous Frequency Scan: Indicates the
continuous frequency scan.
The default value is Specified Frequency Scan.

Center Frequency You can set this property when Scan Type is set to Indicates the
List Specified FrequencyScan. center frequency
to be scanned.

CenterFreqStart You can set this property when Scan Type is set to Indicates the start
Continuous FrequencyScan. frequency of the
Range: continuous
frequency scan.
l WiMAX 2.3GHz: 2.3 to 2.4
l WiMAX 2.5GHz: 2.496 to 2.69
l WiMAX 3.5GHz: 3.4 to 3.6
The default value is 0 and the unit is MHz.

CenterFreqStep You can set this property when Scan Type is set to Indicates the step
Continuous FrequencyScan. of the continuous
The value ranges from 0.25 to 10 and the unit is frequency scan.
MHz. The value of this
property must be
multiples of 0.01.

14-54 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 04 (2011-02-15)


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
GENEX Probe
User Guide 14 Appendix

Property Value/Range/Unit Description

CenterFreqEnd You can set this property when Scan Type is set to Indicates the end
Continuous FrequencyScan. frequency of the
Range: continuous
frequency scan.
l WiMAX 2.3GHz: 2.3 to 2.4
l WiMAX 2.5GHz: 2.496 to 2.69
l WiMAX 3.5GHz: 3.4 to 3.6
The default value is 0 and the unit is MHz.

BandWidth You can set this property when Scan Type is set to Indicates the
Continuous FrequencyScan. bandwidth.
The value can be 5, 7, 8.75, or 10.
The default value is 0 and the unit is MHz.

Exceptional The default value is 15. The value ranges from 0 to Indicates the scan
Interval 30 and the unit is s. timeout period.
When the value of
CINR is set to a
small value, you
are advised to set
this property to 15
or a greater value.
0 indicates the
scan with
indefinite scan
period. In this
case, the scanner
performs
continuous scan
until an exception
occurs.

Attach/Detach (LTE)
This describes the properties of the Attach and Detach test items. You can refer to this part
when perfo